初一英语完形填空练习题含答案
初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Chinese paper cutting（中国剪纸） is a kind of folk art（民间艺术）．People use scissors or knives to cut（1） into different pictures． In the past， these cut﹣outs were used to decorate （2）D so they were also called "window flowers" in Chinese．This art form has a（an）（3）C history．The cut﹣outs were（4）A used as patterns（纸样） for embroideries（刺绣品） in the 6th century． Later， paper cutting became an（5）C form of Chinese fork art．Today， paper cuttings are usually made with colour paper． They（6） used to decorate walls windows，doors，mirrors，lanterns and so on．And these（7）designed artworks can " also be given to each other as （8）D．Paper cuttings show people's best （9）．For example，at a wedding there must be piece of （10）A paper cutting with the Chinese character"囍"．At a birthday party of a （n）（11）D paper cutting with the Chinese character"寿"are often seen．During the Spring Festival，you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"（12）C．For over a thousand years， Chinese people have created many kinds of paper cutting．This tradition art form is still （13）D to this day．（14）A you like paper cuttings， you can learn to make it． Just need a pair of （15）D．And some paper．It's not difficult but needs a lot of practice．（1）A． cloth B． paper C． cards D． ropes（2）A．walls B． doors C． mirrors D． windows（3）A． interesting B． new C． long D． recorded（4）A． first B． last C． still D． nearly（5）A． meaningful B． popular C． important D． different（6）A．/B． are C． were D． can（7）A． careful B． carefully C． careless D． carelessly（8）A． skills B． tools C． wishes D． gifts（9）A． condition B． wishes C． plan D． dreams（10）A． red B． yellow C． blue D． colourful（11）A． active B． healthy C． young D． elderly（12）A． somewhere B． anywhere C． everywhere D． nowhere（13）A． useful B． right C． different D． popular（14）A． If B． As C． Because D． Though（15）A． hands B． gloves C． glasses D． scissors【分析】文章主要介绍了中国的剪纸的起源、发展和流行．【解答】（1）B．名词辨析．A布；C纸；C卡片；D绳子；根据上文Chinese paper cutting（中国剪纸），肯定是把纸剪成不同的图片，故答案是B．（2）D．名容词辨析．A墙；B门；C镜子；D窗户；根据后面window flowers，可知贴在窗户上，故答案是D．（3）C．形容词辨析．A有趣的；B新的；C长的；D有记录的；根据后面embroideries （刺绣品） in the 6th century．可知历史悠久，故答案是C．（4）A．副词辨析．A第一；B最后；C仍然；D几乎；根据后面Later之后，可知开始是做刺绣品的纸样，故答案是A．（5）C．形容词辨析．A有意义的；B流行的；C重要的；D不同的；根据an，可知要用首字母发音是元音音素的单词，只能选C，句意后来，剪纸成为中国民间艺术的一种重要形式．故答案是C．（6）B．动词辨析．根据前面Today可知时态是一般现在时，be used to do sth被用来做某事，主语they后面要用are，故答案是B．（7）B．副词辨析．A认真的；B认真地；C粗心的；D粗心地；根据题干，修饰动词要用副词，应该是这些精心设计的艺术品，故答案是B．（8）D．名词辨析．A技巧；B工具；C愿望；D礼物；根据这些精心设计的艺术品互相赠送，应该是作为礼物来互相赠送，故答案是D．（9）B．名词辨析．A条件；B愿望；C计划；D梦想；根据后面"囍，寿"等，可知展示人们最好的祝愿，故答案是B．（10）A．形容词辨析．A红色；B黄色；C蓝色；D五颜六色的；根据囍可知是红色的，故答案是A．（11）D．形容词辨析．A活泼的；B健康的；C年轻的；D年纪较大的；根据后面寿，应该是老人，故答案是D．（12）C．代词辨析．A某地；B任何地方；C到处；D无处；根据During the Spring Festival，you can see cutting with the Chinese character"福"春节期间，福字到处都能看见，故答案是C．（13）D．形容词辨析．A有用的；B正确的；C不同的；D流行的；根据This tradition art form is still （13）to this day及常识，可知这项传统现在仍然很流行，故答案是D．（14）A．连词辨析．A如果；B作为；C因为；C虽然；根据你喜欢剪纸，你可以学着做，表假设，故答案是A．（15）D．名词辨析．A手；B手套；C眼镜；D剪刀；根据常识，学习剪纸，肯定需要剪刀和纸，故答案是D．2．You know you have to read"between the lines"to get the most out of anything．Marking up is also a useful practice，but you shouldn't（1）D a book which isn't yours．Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them（2）A．If you think it is helpful to mark books，you will have to buy them．There are two ways for you to own a book．The first is to（3）C for it，just as you buy clothes and furniture．But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself，and the best way to make yourself a part of it is by writing in it．There are three kinds of book（5）C．The first has all the best sellers﹣﹣unread and untouched．The second has a great many books﹣a few of them read （6）C，most of them dipped into（随便浏览），but all of them as clean as on the day they were bought．The third has a few dog﹣eared（翻折的）books，which are marked from front to back．Why is marking a book necessary？First，it keeps you awake．In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in （7）．The marked book is usually the thought﹣through （经过思考的）book．Finally，（8）D helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．If reading is to learn anything more than passing time，it must be active．The book you read for pleasure can be read in a state of relaxation，and nothing is lost．But for a great book，（9）A in ideas，reading must be active．You can't let your eyes move across the lines．You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．（1）A．buy B．write C．use D．mark（2）A．clean B． fresh C．safe D．beautiful（3）A．stand B．ask C．pay D．search（4）A．before B．when C．unless D．until（5）A．keepers B．sellers C．owners D．publishers （6）A．on B．aloud C．through D．about（7）A．pictures B．words C．music D．acting（8）A．listening B．speaking C．reading D．writing（9）A．rich B．empty C．interesting D．serious（10）A．pay attention to B．come up with C． get ready for D．take care of 【分析】这是一篇说明文，本文讲述的是我们读书过程中的一些重要事情．首先不要在书上做标记，除非那是你自己的．拥有书可以有两个方式一个是买，另一个就是写．书的主人有三种，一种是从来不读也不摸书，第二种是有很多的书，但大部分都像是新买的，第三种是打折的书，从头到尾都做了标记的．为什么做标记很重要？因为它通常代表了这本书的观点，也帮助你记住你当时的思想或作者所表达的思想．【解答】（1）D．动词辨析．A买；B写；C使用；D标记；根据上句Marking up is also a useful practice做标记也是一种有用的做法，后面应该不是你的书，不能做标记，故答案是D．（2）A．形容词辨析．A干净的；B新鲜的；C安全的；D漂亮的；根据Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them借给你书的图书管理员希望你保持书的，应该是整洁，故答案是A．（3）C．动词辨析．A站；B问；C付费；D搜索；根据前面There are two ways for you to own a book拥有书可以有两个方式，一个应该是付费买它，故答案是C．（4）B．连词辨析．A在…之前；B当…时；C除非；D直到；根据But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself只有你将它化为自己的一部分后，你才完全占有了它．应该是when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是B．（5）C．名词辨析．A保管人；B卖者；C主人；D出版商；根据下文描述，可知There are three kinds of book应该是书的主人有三种，故答案是C．（6）C．介词辨析．A在…上；B大声地；C穿过；D关于；根据后面most of them dipped into大部分是随便浏览，前面应该是有几本被通读过，read through通读，故答案是C．（7）B．名词辨析．A照片；B词；C音乐；D表演；演艺业；根据In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in 其次，积极的阅读即是思考，思考需要用文字或话语来诠释，故答案是B．（8）D．动词辨析．A听；B说；C阅读；D写；根据后面helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．帮助你记住你的想法，或作家表达的想法，及语境，应该是写（标记）能帮助你完成这些，故答案是D．（9）A．形容词辨析．A富有的；B空的；C有趣的；D严重的；根据But for a great book，（9）in ideas，reading must be active．但对于一本思想丰富的好书来说，阅读必须是积极的．rich in ideas思想丰富，故答案是A．（10）B．动词短语辨析．A注意；B想出；C准备好；D照顾；根据You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．及语境，应该是你应该想办法理解你所阅读的东西，故答案是B．3．A teacher decided to let her class play a game．The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few（1）in it．Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child（2）C，so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will （3）A on the number of people he/she hates．So when the day came，every child brought some potatoes with the（4）A of the people he/she hated．Some had two potatoes，some three，（5）D some up to five potatoes．The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went （even to the toilet） for one（6）．Day after day passed by，and the children started to complain about the unpleasant （7）let out by the rotten（腐烂的） potatoes．Those having five potatoes also had to carry（8）A bags．After one week，the children were （9）C because the game had finally ended．The teacher asked，"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week？" The children started complaining of the （10）D that they had to go through having to carry theheavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game．The teacher said， "This is （11） the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart．The bad smell of hatred will dirty your（12）C and you will carry it with you wherever you go．If you cannot（13）D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week，can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime？"（14）away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime．Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them，and you can see a（15）A world．（1）A．tomatoes B．potatoes C．strawberries D．sandwiches（2）A．doubts B．helps C．hates D．likes（3）A．depend B．live C．sit D．try（4）A．names B．numbers C．words D．smiles（5）A．as B．until C．when D．while（6）A．day B．week C．month D．year（7）A．sound B．smell C．air D．water（8）A．heavier B．lighter C．more D．fewer（9）A．sad B．frightened C．happy D．quiet（10）A．risk B．mess C．headache D．trouble（11）A．maybe B．exactly C．especially D．finally（12）A．nature B．bag C．heart D．knowledge（13）A．smell B．tell C．change D．bear（14）A．Put B．Throw C．Fly D．Blow（15）A．better B．cleaner C．worse D．dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理，不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人，那样太累了，还不如原谅别人．【解答】1．B 考查名词．句意：老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋，里面放一些土豆．tomatoes西红柿；potatoes土豆；strawberries草莓；sandwiches三明治．由后文Each potato will 可知，此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆．故选B．2．C 考查动词．句意：每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字．doubts怀疑；helps帮助；hates讨厌；likes喜欢．由后文the number of people he/she hates可知，此处指的时讨厌的名字．故选C．3．A 考查动词．句意：所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量．depend依赖，取决；live居住，生活；sit坐；try尝试．由语境和句意可知，depend on取决于，依赖于，固定搭配，符合题意．故选A．4．A 考查名词．句意：所以，当这一天到来时，每个孩子都会带来一些土豆，上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字．names名字；numbers数字；words单词；smiles微笑．由前文可知，老师要求学生们再土豆上，写出自己讨厌的人的名字．故选A．5．D 考查连词．句意：有的学生有两个土豆，有的有三个土豆，然而有些学生有多达五个土豆．as因为，作为；until直到；when当……时候；while然而．由句意可知，此处需用while前后表示对比．故选D．6．B 考查名词．句意：然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里，放在他们去的任何地方（甚至厕所）一个星期．day天；week周；month月；year年．由后文After one week可知，此处表示一星期．故选B．7．B 考查名词．句意：日复一日，孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味．sound 声音；smell气味；air空气；water水．由后文let out by the rotten（腐烂的）potatoes．可知，此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味．故选B．8．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子．heavier更重；lighter更轻；more更多；fewer更少．由上文和句意可知，土豆数量越多，袋子的重量越大．故选A．9．C 考查形容词．句意：一周后，孩子们很高兴，因为游戏终于结束了．sad悲伤的；frightened害怕的；happy高兴的；quiet安静的．由后文because the game had finally ended 可知，游戏结构了，所以孩子们开心．故选C．10．D 考查名词．句意：孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦，无论他们去哪里，他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆．risk风险；mess杂乱；headache头疼；trouble麻烦．由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．可知，孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着，所以这给他们带来了麻烦．故选D．11．B 考查副词．句意：这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况．maybe也许；exactly 精确地，确切地；especially尤其；finally最后；由句意可知，此处需用exactly精确地，确切地，表示这种情况与上文一致．故选B．12．C 考查名词．句意：仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心，你会带着它走到任何地方．nature自然，本性；bag包；heart心；knowledge知识．由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知，此处指的是弄脏你的心．故选C．13．D 考查动词．句意：如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道，你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗？" smell闻；tell告诉；change改变；bear忍受．由句意和语境可知，此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道．故选D．14．B 考查动词．句意：把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去，这样你一辈子都不会带着它．Put放；Throw扔掉；Fly飞；Blow吹．由句意可知，作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来，put away放起来，固定搭配，符合题意．故选B．15．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：爱别人，即使你不喜欢他们，你也能看到一个更好的世界．better更好；cleaner更干净；worse更差；dirtier更脏．由句意和语境可知，爱别人，我们能看到一个更好的世界．故选A．4．Wang Bin is a 12﹣year﹣old boy．He likes sports very much and（36）D well in sports．One afternoon，he comes （37）D the classroom and （38）C his father waiting for him at the school gate．He is very（39）and runs to his father．"Dad，please don't wait for me after school next time．I can go home by myself（我自己）．On their way （40）A，Wang Bin sees some boys skating in a park．"Can I go and learn skating，Dad？"asks Wang Bin．"I'm（41）A，my boy．You must go home and do your homework，"answers his father，"but I can buy you an ice cream．"Then his father buys an ice cream（42）C him．When Wang Bin wants（43）C it，a fly（苍蝇）flies to the ice﹣cream．"Drive off（赶走）the fly，"says his father，"it's very dirty（脏）．"But Wang Bin（44）A with a smile，"You don't let me skate，but can you let him（45）for a while（一会儿）？"36．A．did B．doing C．do D．does37．A．out B．at C．in D．out of38．A．to see B．see C．sees D．seeing39．A．glad B．sad C．old D．bright40．A．home B．to home C．school D．to school41．A．sorry B．happy C．OK D．good42．A．to B．with C．for D．of43．A．eat B．eating C．to eat D．eats44．A．says B．speaks C．talks D．tells45．A．skating B．skate C．to skate D．skates【分析】略【解答】DDCBA ACCAB5．In a small village，there lived a potter（陶工）．He had a donkey．Every day his donkey would（36）C soil from the field to his house．Since the field was quite far away，the potter would rest under a tree midway，（37）D his donkey nearby．One day，the potter forgot to take the （38）with which he tied the donkey every day．When he reached the tree，he thought，"How do I tie this donkey today？He might （39）A if I sleep．" The potter decided to lie down（40） the donkey's ears so that the donkey would not run away．But（41） this way neither the donkey nor the potter was able to take a rest．A wise saint （圣人），who （42）D to be passing by，saw the potter holding on to the donkey's ears．Then the saint wanted to know what the problem of the potter was．When he was （43）what the problem was，the wise saint said， "Take the donkey to the place where you tie him every day．Pretend（假装） to tie him using a（n）（44）A rope．I promise you that he won't run away．" The potter did what the saint had said．He left the donkey and went to take a rest．When he woke up，to his surprise，he found thedonkey standing in the（45）C place．Soon the potter prepared to leave for home．（46） the donkey did not move． "What is wrong with this donkey？" shouted the potter in frustration．（47）C，the potter saw the wise saint again．He ran up to the saint and told him about the donkey's（48）D behavior．The saint said， "You tied up the donkey，but did you untie him？Go and pretend to untie the rope with which you had tied the donkey．"The potter （49） the saint's advice．Now the donkey was ready to leave for home．The potter understood that donkey was a bonded（被束缚的） donkey．The potter thanked the wise saint and went home happily with his donkey．The donkey is stupid and （50）A are those people who can't get away from old habits．Sometimes，the unseen rope is more confining（束缚的）than the one that can be seen．36．A．take B．buy C．carry D．bring37．A．leading B．training C．feeding D．tying38．A．stick B．rope C．cloth D．silk39．A．run away B．give up C．run out D．turn around40．A．hitting B．holding C．hiding D．helping41．A．by B．in C．on D．with42．A．seemed B．appeared C．meant D．happened43．A．mentioned B．told C．asked D．advised44．A．safe B．soft C．imaginary D．fixed45．A．same B．similar C．special D．wrong46．A．And B．But C．Or D．So47．A．Happily B．Personally C．Luckily D．Unluckily48．A．proper B．funny C．proud D．strange49．A．offered B．followed C．received D．refused50．A．so B．neither C．also D．too【分析】略【解答】36﹣40 CDBAB 41﹣45 BDBCA 46﹣50 BCDBA6．One night，when I was eight，my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget．"Sweetie，my（16） wants to offer me a more important job because of my goodwork，but needs me to work in Brazil．This is like your teacher telling that you've done （17）C and allowing you to skip a grade（跳级），but you'll have to（18）A your friends．Would you say yes to your teacher？"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it．I was puzzled．Though I said"yes"，the question kept me （19）C for the rest of the night．I realized the（20）D decisions adults had to make．For almost four years，my mother would call us from Brazil every day．Every evening I'd （21）A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day．A phone call，however，could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel （22）D sometimes．During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday，we flew to Rio to visit her．Looking at her large （23）C flat，I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself．It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on （24）family and work．（25）C difficult decisions，she used to tell me，you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice，but you could always do the best out of the situation．When I returned home，I（26）D myself that what my mother could do，I could，too．If she （27）A to live well in Rio all by herself，I，too，could learn to depend all on myself．I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical （28）D．My mother is now back with us．But I will never forget what the （29） has really taught me．The separation（分离）between us has proved to be a（an）（30）A thing for me．16．A．teacher B．boss C．mother D．friend17．A．little B．much C．well D．wrong18．A．leave B．refuse C．contact D．forgive19．A．explaining B．sleeping C．wondering D．regretting20．A．poor B．rapid C．final D．hard21．A．hopefully B．politely C．nervously D．curiously22．A．satisfied B．happy C．relaxed D．lonely23．A．comfortable B．expensive C．empty D．modern24．A．providing B．balancing C．comparing D．mixing25．A．Disappointed at B．Compared with C．Faced with D．Satisfied with 26．A．enjoyed B．expressed C．warned D．reminded27．A．managed B．offered C．promised D．expected28．A．plans B．efforts C．prizes D．dreams29．A．question B．experience C．history D．chance30．A．wonderful B．terrible C．difficult D．unpleasant．【分析】这是一篇记叙文，作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后，他学会了自立，并且理解了妈妈的做法，这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历．【解答】16．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，teacher老师，boss老板，上司，mother妈妈，friend朋友，结合句意可知："亲爱的，由于我工作出色，我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作，但需要我在巴西工作．"故选：B．17．答案：C．考查副词及语境的理解，little小的，少，much多，well好，wrong错误的，根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好，故选：C．18．答案：A．考查动词及语境的理解，句子中but表示转折关系，根据"老师告诉你做得好，允许你跳级．"，下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友．"故选：A．19．答案：C 考查动词及语境的理解，explaining解释，sleeping睡觉，wondering想知道，疑惑，regretting懊悔，句子中"I was puzzled．"妈妈的问题让我困惑了，下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜．"故选：C．20．答案：D．考查形容词及语境的理解，poor可怜的，穷的，rapid快速的，final最后的，hard难的，努力地．根据语境可知：作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑，我很难入睡，意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定，故选：D．21．答案：A 考查副词及语境的理解，hopefully怀着希望地，politely客气地，nervously紧张地，curiously好奇地，根据语境可知：四年来，妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我．可以推断出：作者很期待妈妈的电话，告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节．故选：A．22．答案：D 考查形容词及语境的理解，satisfied满意的，happy高兴的，relaxed轻松的，lonely孤独的，根据上句"然而，一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里，"下句应该是："有时不感到孤独是困难的．"故选：D．23．答案：C考查形容词及语境的理解，comfortable舒服的，expensive昂贵的，empty空的，modern现代的．根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里，我们乘飞机去里约看望她，看着她那空荡荡的大公寓，我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独．"，故选：C．24．答案：B．考查动词及语境的理解，providing提供，balancing平衡，comparing比较，mixing混乱，根据语境可知：就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．故选：B．25．答案：C．考查固定短语的理解，disappointed at对…感到失望，compared with与…作比较，faced with面临，satisfied with对…感到满意，由上文可知："就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．"下文应该是"面对艰难的决定，她曾告诉我，你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择，但你总能从中得到最好的结果．"故选：C．26．答案：D．考查动词及语境的理解，enjoyed喜欢，expressed表达，warned 警告，reminded提醒，根据语境可知："当我回到家时，我提醒自己，我的母亲所能做的，我可以．"故选：D．27．答案：A 考查动词及语境的理解，managed设法，offered提供，promised承诺，expected期望，根据语境可知："如果她在里约生活得很好了，我也可以学会全部靠我自己．"故选：A．28．答案：D．考查名词及语境的理解，plans计划，efforts努力，prizes奖，dreams梦想，这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己，实现大而有用的梦想"，故选：D．29．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，question问题，experience经历，经验，history历史，chance机会，根据语境可知：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，故选：B30．答案：A．考查形容词及语境的理解，wonderful极好的，terrible可怕的，difficult困难的，unpleasant不愉快的，根据上文可以知道：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，我从中学到很多东西．由此可知，这对我来说是一件好事情．故选：A．7．Food is important．Everyone needs to （1）D well if he or she wants to have a strong body．Our minds also need a kind of food．This kind of food is （2）C．We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．Small children are（3）A in everything around them．They learn（4）D while they are watching and listening．When they are getting older，they begin to（5）D science books，storybooks and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （6）A to find out the answers． What is the best （7）C to get knowledge？If we learn （8）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are （9）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand （10）D．So we should believe in the saying that is never too old to learn．（1）A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat（2）A．sport B．exercise C．knowledge D．meat（3）A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good（4）A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything（5）A．lend B．write C．learn D．read（6）A．try B．have C．think D．wait（7）A．place B．school C．way D．road（8）A．on B．with C．to D．by（9）A．seldom B．always C．never D．sometimes（10）A．harder B．much C．well D．better【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】（1）D句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，符合句意．故选D．（2）C句意：这种食物是知识．根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，符合句意．故选C．（3）A句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，符合句意．故选A．（4）D句意：当他们看和听得时候，他们学习任何东西．根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知当儿童感知周围事物的时候，可以学习任何东西．anything意为"任何东西"，符合句意．故选D．（5）D句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，符合句意．故选D．（6）A句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．故选A．（7）C句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，符合句意．故选C．（8）D句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．故选D．（9）B句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．故选B．（10）D句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，符合句意．故选D．8．Man began to make use of fire long long ago．Fire is useful in many ways，but sometimes it is dangerous．If you are not（1）A with it，it can burn things or（2）A hurt you．A big fire can （3）C forests and tall buildings．Sometimes a piece of （4）D paper can cause a big fire．So please remember（5） in the dry places like woods and forests （6）throw a cigarette end on the grass and it's also important for you to put the candles in the （7）D place．When you use candles at home，you should（8）C your long hair away from the fire．But if there is a（9）C in our building，what should we do with it？Pour some water （10）C your clothes．What's more，put a （11）D towel （毛巾） over your mouth and your nose to keep the （12） out．You'd better run away from the fire as（13 as you can．But you mustn't rush!Or you may fall over and hurt yourself or others．Of course you should also call 119．On the phone you should clearly tell the firemen （14 A the fire is to help them get there without difficulty．By the way，Do not（15）D out of the window．Jumping may be more dangerous than the fire．Keep ourselves away from fire and safety is above all!（1）A．careful B．happy C．pleased D．strict（2）A．even B still C．also D．always（3）A．wash B．blow C．burn D．hit（4）A．black B．white C．thick D．thin（5）A．not to swim B．not to smoke C．don't swim D．don't smoke（6）A．and B．or C．and not D．or not（7）A．quiet B．noisy C．wrong D．right（8）A．make B．put C．keep D．take（9）A．forest B．piece of paper C．fire D．an area ofgrassland （10）A．above B．below C．over D．under（11）A．dry B．big C．small D．wet（12）A．air B．smoke C．water D．fire（13）A．slowly B．quickly C．happily D．early（14）A．where B．when C．what D．how（15）A．run B．rush C．get D．jump【分析】本文是讲述了在森林和家中如何避免火灾的发生；当火灾发生时，应如何采取正确的措施进行自救．【解答】（1）A 形容词辨析．careful "仔细的，小心的"，happy"高兴的"，pleased "高兴的"，strict"严格的"．根据下文中的 it can burn things 可知，应该是不小心，not careful．所以本题选A．（2）A 副词辨析．A甚至；B仍然；C也；D总是；根据意思，本句应该是较前面更进一步，故用even"甚至"．本句的意思是"它能烧掉物品甚至伤到你．"所以本题选A．（3）C 动词辨析．根据题干，本句的意思是"一场大火会烧掉森林和高楼．"故用burn．Wash"洗"，blow"吹"，hit"打击"都不符合题意．所以本题选C．（4）D 形容词辨析．根据题干，本句的意思是"有时一张薄纸就能引起一场火灾．""薄的"是thin；而black"黑色的"，white"白色的"和thick"厚的"都不符合题意．所以本题选D．（5）B 动词辨析．根据in the dry places like woods and forests 可知，不应该是游泳，故排除AC；根据remember not to do的用法，故排除D．所以本题选B．（6）B 连词辨析．根据上下句的关系，本空后面的内容也应该是记住不能做的，因为前面已经有not了，故本空只需填or．所以本题选B．（7）D 形容词辨析．A安静的；B嘈杂的；C错的；D正确的；根据题干，本句的意思应是"在一个正确的地方用蜡烛也是很重要的．"故用right．所以本题选D．（8）C 动词辨析．A使；B放；C保持；D拿；keep away from是"远离"是固定短语．本句的意思是"你应该将你的长发远离火．"所以本题选C．（9）C 名词辨析．A森林；B一张纸；C火；D一片草地；根据下文采取的措施可知，本处应该是火灾即fire．本句的意思是"但是如果我们的楼中有火灾"．所以本题选C．（10）C 介词辨析．A在…上方；B在…下方；C在…上方；D在…下；根据题干，本句的意思是"将水倒到你的衣服上"，故选A、C；over是指正上方，而above只是指上方．所以本题选C．（11）D 形容词辨析．A干的；B大的；C小的；D湿的；根据常识可知，应该是用湿毛巾捂住嘴和鼻子，"湿的"是wet．所以本题选D．（12）B 名词辨析．A空气；B烟；C水；D火；根据上文，将嘴和鼻子捂住的目的就是为。
〖精编〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Life is full of beautiful moments．All you have to do is to（16）C your eyes and your heart to see them．I saw（17）C just the other day．The local（18）A had just let out，and I found myself behind a school bus as I was driving home．The bus（19（D by a house sitting on top of a hill．A little girl，no more than 7 years old，（20）the bus and started running quickly to the（21）D．The smile on her face was quite sweet．I（22）A up the hill to see where she was going．I saw her dad waiting for her．As she got C23 C，her dad smiled and knelt down（蹲下） to（24）her．He wrapped（缠绕） his powerful（25）D around her and gave her a huge hug．My eyes（26）A a bit as I watched this scene．I（27）A all the times my own children had run into my arms with（28）D faces and loving hearts．Every single hug from them was a treasure of joy．Suddenly my trip down the memory lane was interrupted（打断）when I heard the car behind me honk its horn （鸣喇叭）．I saw the school bus quickly pulling away，and started to（29） it again．However，this time I did so with a fuller heart than ever before．I took that（30） moment and stored it safely in my soul，where I knew it would remain forever．16．A．clean B．protect C．open D．shut17．A．it B．that C．one D．another18．A．school B．hospital C．restaurant D．market19．A．returned B．turned C．drove D．stopped20．A．got on B．got off C．went through D．broke out21．A．bus B．man C．end D．house22．A．looked B．took C．climbed D．showed23．A．warmer B．older C．closer D．thinner24．A．push B．greet C．touch D．save25．A．head B．foot C．legs D．arms26．A．watered B．closed C．rested D．cheered27．A．remembered B．reminded C．missed D．preferred28．A．gentle B．pretty C．nervous D．smiling29．A．fix B．follow C．call D．catch30．A．quiet B．beautiful C．lost D．sad．【分析】【文章大意】本文是一篇记叙文．作者由爸爸张开双臂迎接放学回家的女儿入手，告诉我们生活中有很多美好的时刻，还有家是爱永远也不会停止的地方．【解答】16．C．考查不定式．四个选项都是动词原形．clean打扫、使清洁；protect 保护；open打开；shut 关闭．根据"to see them"确定选择open．句意：你所做的一切就是睁开眼睛，打开你的心，去欣赏他们．故选C．17．C．考查代词．四个选项都是代词．it 它；that 那个；one一个；another 另一个．上文说生活中有很多美好的时刻；根据下文的叙述及"My eyes（26）a bit as I watched this scene"可知，她看到了一件事，即一个美好的时刻．one指一个美好的时刻．故选C．18．A．考查名词．四个选项都是名词．school学校；hospital医院；restaurant 餐馆；market 市场．根据下文"and I found myself behind a school bus as I was driving home"所说，自己正在一辆校车后面．因此本句说：当地学校刚刚放学．故选A．19．D．考查一般过去时．四个选项都是动词过去式．returned 返回；turned 变得；drove 驾驶；stopped 停止．根据上文"The local（18）had just let out，and I found myself behind a school bus as I was driving home"可知，学校刚刚放学，而自己正好在一辆校车后面．因此，本句说：校车停在坐落于山顶上的一座房子附近．故选D．20．B．考查一般过去时及短语get off．四个选项都是动词过去式短语．got on 上车；got off 下车；went through穿过；broke out 爆发．根据后面的"and started running quickly"可知，小女孩下车（get off）．句意：一个不超过7岁的小女孩从公交车上下来．故选B．21．D．考查名词．四个选项都是名词．bus 公交车；man 男人；end结尾、末尾；house 房子．根据上文"The bus stopped by a house sitting on top of a hill"可知，校车停在山顶的一座房子附近，故本句说：小女孩迅速朝房子跑去．故选D．22．A．考查一般过去时．四个选项都是动词过去式．looked看；took拿、带走；climbed 爬；showed 展示．根据句中的"up the hill to see"应选择looked．look up 抬头看．句意：我抬头向上顶看，看她到哪里去．故选A．23．C．考查形容词比较级．四个选项都是形容词比较级．warmer更温暖；older 更老；closer 更近；thinner 更瘦．根据上文"A little girl …got off the bus and started running quickly to the house"可知，女孩从公交车上下来就朝自己的家跑去，因此，当她跑到近处时，她爸爸微笑着．故选C．24．B．考查不定式．四个选项都是动词原形．push 推；greet问候；touch接触；save 节省．根据句中的"knelt down"确定选择greet．句意：（她爸爸）蹲下来迎接她．故选B．25．D．考查名词．四个选项都是名词．head 头；foot 脚；legs腿；arms 胳膊．根据后面的"and gave her a huge hug"可知，小女孩的爸爸张开有力的双臂（arm）给她一个大大的拥抱，故选D．26．A．考查一般过去时．四个选项都是动词过去式．watered 浇水；closed 关上、合上；rested 休息；cheered 欢呼．根据后面的"as I watched this scene"可知，这一幕让"我"的双眼湿润（water）了，故选A．27．A．考查一般过去时．四个选项都是动词过去式．remembered记得；reminded 提醒；missed失去、思念；preferred 喜欢．根据后面的"all the times my own children had run into my arms"可知，"我"记得（remember）自己的孩子扑进怀里的时候，故选A．28．D．考查动名词．四个选项中前三个是形容词，最后一个是动名词．gentle 温和的；pretty 漂亮的；nervous 紧张的；smiling 微笑．根据后面的"faces and loving hearts"可知，孩子微笑着（smiling）扑进"我"的怀里，故选D．29．B．考查不定式．四个选项都是动词原形．fix 修理；follow跟从；call 呼喊、打电话；catch赶上、接住、引起、看见．根据后面的"I saw the school bus quickly pulling away"可知，看到校车开走了，"我"决定再次跟着（follow）它走．故选B．30．B．考查形容词．四个选项都是形容词．quiet 安静的；beautiful 美丽的；lost 失去的；sad伤心的．根据首句"Life is full of beautiful moments．"可知，此处是说美好的（beautiful）时刻，故B．2．Dear Dad，Happy birthday to you! （36）D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way． I am not good at （37）C you my feelings face to face， so I'm writing to show my deep （38） for you．You are not rich or famous． But in my heart， you are one of the greatest （39） in the world．I' m proud（骄傲）of you．You are （40）A interested in fame or wealth（名利）．But you often （41）Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork． You work（42） as a manager in your company（公司）．The smile on your face shows you are （43）A with our family． You take good care of my grandparents．You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays．Now I am sorry to say I didn't （44）D you my love before， but I am thankful for what you have done for me．I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）C now I can let you know how much I love you．Wish you happiness forever!Yours，son 36． A． In B． At C． By D． On37． A． talking B． saying C． telling D． speaking38． A． pleasure B． love C． dream D． advice39． A． mothers B． fathers C． brothers D． sisters40． A． never B． often C． already D． always41．A． give B． make C． drive D． get42． A． quite B． hard C． only D． nearly43． A． happy B． kind C． sad D． angry44． A． bring B． take C． carry D． show45． A． Or B． But C． So D． Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信，大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈，所以要写信表达．大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一．他的爸爸总是努力地工作．他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意．他照顾爷爷奶奶，帮助大卫学习．大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉．为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢．为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴．【解答】36．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A． in 在……里B． at 在……（时间点，地点）C． By直到，通过（方式）D． On在……上面；在某一天；根据后面this special day特殊的一天，具体某一天．故选D．37．C 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．talking谈论B．saying 说（后面是说的话）C．telling告诉D． speaking讲（语言）；根据 I am not good at （37）you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法，告诉想法．故选C．38．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A高兴；B爱；C梦想；D建议；根据前面是爸爸的生日，应该是展示我对你的爱，故选择B．39．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A妈妈；B爸爸；C兄弟；D姐妹；根据上文，David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一，可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪．故选B．40．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．never从不B．often经常；C．already已经D．always总是；根据上下文可以判断，David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人，可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人．故选A．41．C 考查动词及语境的理解．A给；B使；C开；D得到；根据后面to school，应该是开车送我去上学，故选择C．42．B 考查副词和语境的理解．A非常，相当；B硬，努力；C仅仅；D几乎，差不多；根据前面work工作，应该是努力工作，故选择B．43．A 考查形容词和语境的理解．A开心；B和蔼；C伤心；D生气；根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上，应该是开心的；故选择A．44．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A带来；B拿；C携带；D展示；you my love before，应该是向你展示我的爱，故选择D．45．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A或者；B但是；C所以；D然后；根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）now I can let you know how much I love you．我很幸运，我有这样一个伟大的父亲．（45）现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你．因果关系，故选择C．3．A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars．He called himself an astrologer （占星家）（1）A，and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing（凝视）at the（2）D．One evening after eating supper with his friends，he was walking（3）the open road outside the village． His eyes were fixed on the stars． He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand．（4）， he went into a hole． It was（5）A of mud （泥）and water．There he stood up to his ears，in the muddy water，madly clawing （用手抓）at the sides of the（6）C． He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）D he didn't make it．And then his cries for help soon brought the （8）A coming to the hole quickly． They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could． One of the villagers said， "You always want to read the future in the stars， yet you（10）to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you． Please let the future take care of（12）A．"What use is it，" said another， to read the stars，（13）A can't you see what is right here on the earth？" Take care of the little things first， and the（14） things will take care of themselves． The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence． He felt very sad and shameful．（1）A． proudly B． easily C． happily D． luckily（2）A． sea B． sun C． moon D． sky（3）A． near B． along C． above D． with（4）A． Finally B． Suddenly C． Carefully D． Hardly（5）A． full B． filled C． empty D． kind（6）A． water B． mud C． hole D． road（7）A． if B． and C． so D． but（8）A． villagers B． friends C． parents D． neighbors（9）A． pushed B． pulled C． picked D． carried（10）A． treat B． fail C． stop D． wish（11）A． fewer B． more C． less D． worse（12）A． itself B． him C． you D． yourself（13）A． why B． when C． how D． where（14）A． loud B． big C． wise D． active（15）A． something B． nothing C． everything D． anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事，很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来，并一直为未来担忧，一天晚上他独自在村外走路，想到星星预示着世界末日，便陷入沉思不能自拔，然后突然掉到臭水沟里，他尽力想爬出来，但是他做不到，只好呼救，被村里人救出之后，一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情，不要老想一些不着边际的事情，告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下．【解答】（1）A．考查副词及语境理解．A骄傲地；B容易地；C开心地；D幸运地；根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家，故答案为A．（2）D．考查名词及语境理解．A海洋；B太阳；C月亮；D天空；根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，这里应该是凝视天空，故答案为D．（3）B．考查介词及语境理解．A附近；B沿着；C在…上方；D和；根据he was walking 可知一天晚上，他沿着村外的小路散步时，walk along沿着…走；故答案为B．（4）B．考查副词及语境理解．A最后；B突然；C小心地；D几乎不；根据下文he wentinto a hole掉进一个洞里，应该是突然，故答案为B．（5）A．考查形容词及语境理解．A满的；B充满；C空的；D和蔼的；根据It was（5）of mud （泥） and water．应该是充满了泥和水，be full of充满，故答案为A．（6）C．考查名词及语境理解．A水；B泥；C洞；D路；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬，故答案为C．（7）D．考查名词及语境理解．A如果；B和；C所以；D但是；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）he didn't make it前面说想爬出来，后面说做不到，表转折，故选D．（8）A．考查名词及语境理解．A村民；B朋友；C父母；D邻居；根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了，他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救，故答案为A．（9）B．考查动词及语境理解．A推；B拉；C捡；D携带；根据They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉，故选B．（10）B．考查动词及语境理解．A款待；B失败，未能；C停止；D希望；根据You pretend to read the future in the stars， and yet you （）to see what is at your feet可知你自称有占星预见未来的本事，怎么连脚下的路也看不清？故答案为B．（11）B．考查形容词及语境理解．A更少，修饰可数名词；B更多；C更少，修饰不可数名词；D更差；根据This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you．可知希望这件事能够让你清楚，你可能需要更多地关注自己眼前的事情，pay more attention to多加注意，故答案为B．（12）A．考查代词及语境理解．A它自己；B他；C你；D你自己；根据and let the future take care of （）可知让未来的事情自己去发生吧，故答案为A．（13）A．考查连词及语境理解．A为什么；B当…时；C怎样；D哪儿；根据前文see what is at your feet可知你为什么连地球上的事情都看不到，故答案为A．（12）B．考查形容及语境理解．A大声的；B大的；C聪明的；D活泼的，根据Take care of the little things first， and the（14）things will take care of themselves，先把小事处理好，后面应该是大事情就会自己处理好，故答案为B．（15）B．考查代词及语境理解．A一些；B没有什么；C所有的；D任何的；根据The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence．可知占星家应该是什么也没说，默默地回家了，故答案为B．4．Two travelling angels stopped to spend the night in the home of a wealthy family．The family was rude and（1）to let the angels stay in the guest room．（2）C，the angels were given a space in the cold basement （地下室）．As they made their bed on the hard floor，the older angel saw a hole in the wall and （3）D it．When the younger angel asked （4）D，the older angel replied， "Things aren't always what they seem．"The next night，the angels came to （5）at the house of a very poor，but very kind farmer and his wife．After（6）D what little food they had，the couple let the angels sleepin their bed where they could have a good night's rest．When the sun came up the next morning，the angels found the farmer and his wife in （7）A．Their only（8），lay dead in the field．The younger angel was（9）C and asked the older angel，"How could you let this happen？The first man had （10）A，yet you helped him．The second family had little but was （11）A to share everything，and you let the cow die．""Things aren't always what they seem，" the older angel （12）D．"When we stayed in the basement，I（13）C there was gold stored in that hole in the wall．Since the owner didn't want to share his good fortune（财富），I sealed （密封）the wall（14）he couldn't find it．Then last night as we slept in the farmer's bed，the angel of（15）C came for his wife．I gave him the cow instead．"（1）A．agreed B．refused C．promised D．allowed（2）A．Moreover B．Instead of C．Instead D．And（3）A．used B．changed C．hid D．repaired（4）A．what B．how C．who D．why（5）A．visit B．rest C．work D．meet（6）A．selling B．sending C．getting D．sharing（7）A．tears B．hanger C．fear D．joy（8）A．child B．cow C．dog D．friend（9）A．afraid B．sad C．angry D．nervous（10）A．everything B．something C．anything D．nothing（11）A．willing B．tired C．worried D．unwilling（12）A．told B．talked C．stopped D．replied（13）A．supposed B．forgot C．noticed D．looked（14）A．until B．so that C．because D．but（15）A．wealth B．luck C．death D．pain【分析】文章介绍了有两个旅行的天使第一个晚上住在了一个富人的家里，富人让他们住在地窑里，这两个天使在休息的时候发现地窑的墙上有个洞，就把它堵上了．第二天住在了一个穷人的家里，虽然穷，但他们拿出了他们很有限的食物和天使一起吃，让他们好好地休息．不幸的是，这个穷人家里唯一的收入，一头奶牛死了，一个天使就问为什么不帮这个穷人．另一个天使说，那个富人太贪婪，我就把那个储藏金子的洞堵上了，而死神是要把穷人的一妻子带走的，而我就跟上帝说，让那头奶牛代替了那个妻子的命，所以人看到的都是表面现象．【解答】（1）B．考查动词辨析，由上文的The family was rude可知，这家人拒绝让天使待在客房，A同意，B拒绝，C承诺，D允许，故答案为B．（2）C．考查副词辨析，由下文的in the cold basement可知，取而代之，天使被安排在寒冷的地下室里，A而且，B而不是，C取而代之，D并且，instead of后需接宾语，故答案为C．（3）D．考查动词辨析，由下文的I sealed （密封） the wall可知，年长的天使看到墙上有一个洞就补了它，A使用，B改变，C隐藏，D修理，故答案为D．（4）D．考查疑问词的辨析，由下文的the older angel replied，"Things aren't always what they seem．"可知，年轻天使问为什么，A什么，B如何，C谁，D为什么，故答案为D．（5）B．考查动词辨析，由下文的at the house of a very poor，but very kind farmer and his wife可知，第二天，天使来到一家非常穷，但很善良的农民家休息，A拜访，B休息，C 工作，D遇到，故答案为B．（6）D．考查动名词辨析，由下文的to share everything可知，分享了仅有的一点食物，这对夫妻让天使们在他们的床上休息，A卖，B发送，C获得，D分享，故答案为D．（7）A．考查名词辨析，由下文的lay dead in the field可知，天使们发现农民和妻子流着泪，A眼泪，B衣架，C害怕，D快乐，故答案为A．（8）B．考查名词辨析，由下文的you let the cow die可知，他们的牛死了，A孩子，B 牛，C狗，D朋友，故答案为B．（9）C．考查形容词辨析，由下文的How could you let this happen可知，年轻点的天使是生气的，A害怕的，B难过的，C生气的，D紧张的，故答案为C．（10）A．考查代词辨析，由下文的yet you helped him可知，第一个男人有了一切，然而你帮了他，A一切，B某些事物，C任何事物，D没有什么，故答案为A．（11）A．考查形容词辨析，由上文的the couple let the angels sleep in their bed where they could have a good night's rest可知，第二个家庭几乎没有什么，但是乐意分享一切，A乐意的，B疲惫的，C担忧的，D不乐意的，故答案为A．（12）D．考查动词辨析，由上文的asked the older angel可知，这是年长的天使所回答的话，A告诉，B讲，C停止，D回复，故答案为D．（13）C．考查动词辨析，由下文的I was gold stored in that hole in the wall可知，当我们在地下室的时候，我注意到墙上那个洞里藏有金子，A假设，B忘记，C注意，D看，故答案为C．（14）B．考查连词辨析，由下文的he couldn't find it可知，我密封了墙壁，以致于他找不到它，A直到，B以致于，C因为，D但是，故答案为B．（15）C．考查名词辨析，由下文的came for his wife可知，死神来找他的妻子，我让牛替代了她，A财富，B运气，C死亡，D疼痛，故答案为C．5．Jackie Chan（成龙）is one of the most popular TV and film stars，not only in China but also in the world．He was born in（1）C，on April 7th，1954．His parents left Mainland （大陆） of China（2）C Hong Kong a short time before he was born．His parents named him "Chan Kong﹣sang"，which（3）D born in Hong Kong．They were happy and celebrated the（4）D trip to Hong Kong．At first，Jackie's family（5）A in the French Embassy（大使馆）．His father worked as a cook，and his mother was a housekeeper．They were not very rich．Then Jackie was sevenyears old，his family（6）D to Australia．There his father（7） a job in the American Embassy．Later，they went back to Hong Kong．Jackie's father（8）D him to the China Drama Academy．But he couldn't give his son enough（9）C．Jackie had to do some part﹣time（10）C after school．He studied and（11） for 19 hours a day．The students（12）A Kungfu and learned how to do many stunts （替身） there．When Jackie was only 17，he began to do（13） stunts for films．In the early 1980s，Jackie went to Hollywood，（14） he wasn't very successful．He went on to act in films in Hong Kong and had great（15）A．Finally in 1995，Jackie Chan became famous in the United States．Today，Jackie Chan has both Chinese and American fans，and he earns millions of dollars from his films．（1）A．Shanghai B．Beijing C．Hong Kong D．Guangzhou（2）A．to B．in C．for D．at（3）A．was B．is C．mean D．means（4）A．wrong B．bad C．dangerous D．safe（5）A．worked B．studied C．lived D．acted（6）A．hurried B．returned C．left D．went（7）A．gave B．got C．made D．learned（8）A．drove B．threw C．needed D．sent（9）A．time B．job C．money D．study（10）A．money B．skills C．jobs D．activities（11）A．directed B．worked C．lived D．covered（12）A．practised B．watched C．copied D．saw（13）A．safe B．dangerous C．interested D．excited（14）A．and B．but C．however D．so（15）A．success B．money C．chance D．time【分析】这是一篇人物故事类阅读，主要介绍中国著名影视明星成龙的个人成长史．成龙在1954年4月7日出生在香港，17岁做特技演员，后来去了好莱坞，1995年在美国很有名，今天，成龙有很多中国和美国的影迷，他从他的电影收入中赚了数百万美元．【解答】（1）C 句意：他于1954年4月7日出生在香港．根据下文"born in Hong Kong"可知他出生在香港．故选C．（2）C 句意：在他出生前不久，他的父母离开中国大陆去香港．根据题干中"left Mainland of China ___ Hong Kong"可知要用"leave sp．for sp．"表示"离开某地去某地"．故选C．（3）D 句意：他的父母给他取名叫"陈港生"，意味着在香港出生．定语从句先行词是"Chan Kong﹣sang"，是个人名，此处指这个人名"意味着"在香港出生，先行词是单数，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式means．故选D．（4）D 句意：他们高兴地清楚安全到达香港．wrong意为"错误的"；bad意为"坏的"；dangerous意为"危险的"；safe意为"安全的"根据题干中"They were happy and celebrated"可知需要高兴庆祝的是"安全的"旅行．故选D．（5）A 句意：起初，成龙的父母在法国大使馆工作．根据下文"His father worked as a cook"可推出是在法国大使馆工作．worked意为"工作"，符合句意．故选A．（6）D 句意：然后成龙七岁时，他家去了澳大利亚．根据下文中"Later，they went back to Hong Kong．"可知此处是说离开香港去了澳大利亚．went意为"去"，符合句意．故选D．（7）B 句意：他的爸爸在那里的美国大使馆得到一份工作．根据题干中"a job in the American Embassy"可推出时得到一份工作．got意为"得到"，符合句意．故选B．（8）D 句意：成龙的爸爸送他去中国．结合句意"成龙的爸爸____他去中国戏剧学院"，可推出是"送"他去中国戏剧学院．sent意为"送"，符合句意．故选D．（9）C 句意：但是他没有给他儿子足够的钱．根据下文"Jackie had to do some part﹣time ____ after school．"可推出是放学后做兼职了，由此可知没有给足够的钱．money意为"钱"，符合句意．故选C．（10）C 句意：成龙不得不在放学后做一些兼职．根据上文中"But he couldn't give his son enough ____"及题干中"do some part﹣time ___ after school"可推出是做兼职工作．job意为"兼职工作"，符合句意．故选C．（11）B 句意：他一天学习和工作十九个小时．根据上文中"Jackie had to do some part﹣time ____ after school．"可知成龙既要上课又要做兼职，应该是学习和工作19个小时．故选B．（12）A 句意：学生们在那儿练武功并学习如何做替身演员．根据题干中"learned how to do many stunts"可知要学着做替身演员，这就需要先练武功．practised意为"练习"，符合句意．故选A．（13）B 句意：当成龙仅有17岁时，他开始为电影做危险的替身演员．结合题干中"stunts for films"及常识可知替身演员常会做一些高危动作，由此可知是危险的．dangerous意为"危险的"，符合句意．故选B．（14）B 句意：20世纪80年代早期，成龙去了好莱坞，但是他并不非常成功．此处说去好莱坞发展，又说不成功，意思出现转折，用but表示"但是"．故选B．（15）A 句意：他继续演香港电影，并取得巨大成功．根据下文"Finally in 1995，Jackie Chan became famous in the United States．"可推出他成功了．success意为"成功"，符合句意．故选A．6．At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food：I used it to kill bad feelings，to make （1）feel better，and to celebrate.Worried about my health，I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do （2）C about my weight.When I was 57，my weight problem began to affect me （3）A.I had spent more time in the hospital and I （4）C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when （5）!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year，I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the world.A member shared her（6）she had not only lost 125 pounds，but also raised 25，000 for homeless children.I was（7）A by her story，so I created the Better Me，Better World（8）C.My goal was to lose 150 pounds in one year and raise ＄50，000 for a charity which was （9）C thirty years ago to end hunger.（10）A I began to carry on my project，I was filled with the fear that I would face the same difficulties which made me give up again.To my joy，after two weeks' hard work，there were some encouraging（11）D showing that I was going on the right way：I could sleep much better at night and I could walk farther（12）A the path in the park! （13）D I sent letters to everyone I knew，telling them about my project and how perfectly it worked!Donations began to rush in from many people.Of course，I also（14）A the useful suggestions from my doctor and my fitness coach strictly，and I began to eat small and healthy meals.My money﹣raising focus also gave me new power to exercise regularly.A year later，I （15）C my goal：I lost 150 pounds and raised ＄50，000!I feel that I've been given a second life to do something that is meaningful and helpful!（1）A.yourself B.myself C.herself D.ourselves（2）A.everything B.something C.nothing D.anything（3）A.seriously B.secretly C.carefully D.suddenly（4）A.mustn't B.shouldn't C.couldn't D.needn't（5）A.looked up B.looked down C.looked across D.looked over（6）A.invention B.success C.housework D.accident（7）A.amazed B.worried C.scared D.hurt（8）A.homework B.business C.project D.subject（9）A.discovered B.found C.set D.invented（10）A.When B.If C.Because D.Since（11）A.meanings B.objects C.thoughts D.signs（12）A.along B.across C.past D.under（13）A.Angrily B.Finally C.Luckily D.Excitedly（14）A.followed B.appeared C.suggested D.remembered（15）A.lost B.missed C.reached D.beat【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，讲述了作者从前为了消除坏情绪而乱吃东西，导致自己体重超标。
精选初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Dear Millie，Thank you for（36）C me about Halloween．We also have （37）C festivals，and I like Spring Festival best．Spring Festival is the most important festival in （38）．It's to celebrate the lunar calendar's new year（农历新年）．（39）A the evening of the Spring Festival，（40）get together and have a big meal．In many places people like （41）fireworks．（42）C are the most traditional food．（43）like the festival very much，because they can have delicious food and wear new clothes．They can also get some （44）from their parents or relatives．People put New Year scrolls （对联）on the wall for good fortune．The Spring Festival lasts about two （45）long．People relatives and friends with the words"Have all your wishes"．People enjoy the Spring Festival，during this time they can have a good rest．Lots of love，Wendy 36．A．saying B．talking C．telling D．speaking37．A．few B．little C．some D．a little38．A．Japan B．China C．America D．Australia39．A．In B．On C．At D．From40．A．Families B．Friends C．Classmates D．Workers41．A．let off B．to let off C．leting off D．let of42．A．Noodles B．Dumplings C．Turkeys D．Pumpkins43．A．Boys B．Girls C．Children D．People44．A．presents B．money C．clothes D．books45．A．days B．weeks C．months D．Years．【分析】略【解答】CCBBA BBCBB2．You know you have to read"between the lines"to get the most out of anything．Marking up is also a useful practice，but you shouldn't（1）D a book which isn't yours．Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them（2）A．If you think it is helpful to mark books，you will have to buy them．There are two ways for you to own a book．The first is to（3）C for it，just as you buy clothes and furniture．But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself，and the best way to make yourself a part of it is by writing in it．There are three kinds of book（5）C．The first has all the best sellers﹣﹣unread anduntouched．The second has a great many books﹣a few of them read （6）C，most of them dipped into（随便浏览），but all of them as clean as on the day they were bought．The third has a few dog﹣eared（翻折的）books，which are marked from front to back．Why is marking a book necessary？First，it keeps you awake．In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in （7）．The marked book is usually the thought﹣through （经过思考的）book．Finally，（8）D helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．If reading is to learn anything more than passing time，it must be active．The book you read for pleasure can be read in a state of relaxation，and nothing is lost．But for a great book，（9）A in ideas，reading must be active．You can't let your eyes move across the lines．You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．（1）A．buy B．write C．use D．mark（2）A．clean B． fresh C．safe D．beautiful（3）A．stand B．ask C．pay D．search（4）A．before B．when C．unless D．until（5）A．keepers B．sellers C．owners D．publishers （6）A．on B．aloud C．through D．about（7）A．pictures B．words C．music D．acting（8）A．listening B．speaking C．reading D．writing（9）A．rich B．empty C．interesting D．serious（10）A．pay attention to B．come up with C． get ready for D．take care of 【分析】这是一篇说明文，本文讲述的是我们读书过程中的一些重要事情．首先不要在书上做标记，除非那是你自己的．拥有书可以有两个方式一个是买，另一个就是写．书的主人有三种，一种是从来不读也不摸书，第二种是有很多的书，但大部分都像是新买的，第三种是打折的书，从头到尾都做了标记的．为什么做标记很重要？因为它通常代表了这本书的观点，也帮助你记住你当时的思想或作者所表达的思想．【解答】（1）D．动词辨析．A买；B写；C使用；D标记；根据上句Marking up is also a useful practice做标记也是一种有用的做法，后面应该不是你的书，不能做标记，故答案是D．（2）A．形容词辨析．A干净的；B新鲜的；C安全的；D漂亮的；根据Librarians who lend you books expect you to keep them借给你书的图书管理员希望你保持书的，应该是整洁，故答案是A．（3）C．动词辨析．A站；B问；C付费；D搜索；根据前面There are two ways for you to own a book拥有书可以有两个方式，一个应该是付费买它，故答案是C．（4）B．连词辨析．A在…之前；B当…时；C除非；D直到；根据But full ownership comes only（4）you have made it a part of yourself只有你将它化为自己的一部分后，你才完全占有了它．应该是when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是B．（5）C．名词辨析．A保管人；B卖者；C主人；D出版商；根据下文描述，可知There are three kinds of book应该是书的主人有三种，故答案是C．（6）C．介词辨析．A在…上；B大声地；C穿过；D关于；根据后面most of them dipped into大部分是随便浏览，前面应该是有几本被通读过，read through通读，故答案是C．（7）B．名词辨析．A照片；B词；C音乐；D表演；演艺业；根据In the second place，reading is thinking，and thinking can express itself in 其次，积极的阅读即是思考，思考需要用文字或话语来诠释，故答案是B．（8）D．动词辨析．A听；B说；C阅读；D写；根据后面helps you remember the thoughts you had，or the thoughts the writer expressed．帮助你记住你的想法，或作家表达的想法，及语境，应该是写（标记）能帮助你完成这些，故答案是D．（9）A．形容词辨析．A富有的；B空的；C有趣的；D严重的；根据But for a great book，（9）in ideas，reading must be active．但对于一本思想丰富的好书来说，阅读必须是积极的．rich in ideas思想丰富，故答案是A．（10）B．动词短语辨析．A注意；B想出；C准备好；D照顾；根据You should（10）an" understanding of what you have read．及语境，应该是你应该想办法理解你所阅读的东西，故答案是B．3．Once there lived two brothers．The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor．They （36）C each other very much，and always took care of one another．Every day they worked from morning（37）A night，getting as much grain（谷物） as possible from their fields．One late autumn evening，after their work in the（38）was done，Simon said to his wife，"Victor got married last month．He has many bills（账单） to pay．I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn（谷仓）．""Oh，that's a good idea，"said his wife．"But please don't tell him，"said Simon，"If he knows I put the rice there，he will（39）A take it．"So，late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn．The next day，while looking at his own barn，he found（40）D strange．"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night，（41）C I still have the same number of bags in my barn．（42）A did that happen？" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night．But the next morning，he found the（43）D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange，"he thought．That night he（44）D again．He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder； and walked down the road to his younger brother's house．In the bright moonlight，he could see another （45） coming down the road．He was carrying something on his（46） too．"Younger Brother!"Simon cried，"What are you doing？""I was （47）D you，Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is（48）C than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"The two brothers quickly（49）that they had been taking rice to each other．They（50）A what had happened．"It is good to have abrother like you，"they both said．And they lived happily ever after．36．A．disliked B．hated C．loved D．enjoyed37．A．until B．at C．through D．with38．A．shops B．fields C．hospitals D．factories39．A．never B．sometimes C．usually D．ever40．A．everything B．anything C．nothing D．something 41．A．so B．and C．but D．or42．A．How B．What C．Why D．Where43．A．small B．different C．huge D．same44．A．planned B．failed C．hoped D．tried45．A．brother B．person C．sister D．wife46．A．back B．shoulder C．head D．hand47．A．proud of B．polite to C．angry with D．worried about 48．A．smaller B．richer C．larger D．happier49．A．remembered B．realized C．imagined D．explained50．A．laughed about B．dreamed about C．pointed at D．shouted at．【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟，他们都看到了对方的困难，想法来帮助对方．正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福．【解答】答案：36．C 考查动词．根据下文always took care of one another，结合选项，dislike"不喜欢"；loved爱；hate"憎恨"；enjoy"欣赏"，可知他们互相友爱．love 意为"爱，关爱"，全文是一般过去时，所以用过去式，loved．故选C．37．A 考查固定结构．根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食，结合选项，Until直到；at 在时间空间的一点；through通过；with 带有，伴随，和．可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上．from…until 为固定搭配，意为"从…直到…"，故选A．38．B 考查名词．根据上文getting as much gain（谷物） as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食，结合选项，Shops商店；fields田地；hospitals医院；factories工厂．可知他们的工作是在田野间．field 意为"田野"，由于不止一块田地，所以要用复数形式 fields，故选B．39．A 考查副词．根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他，结合选项，Never从来不，永远不；sometimes有时；usually通常；ever曾经，永远．可知本句指的是，如果他知道了，他永远不会取用它．故选A．40．D 考查不定代词．根据he found…strange．"结合选项，something一些东西，一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中；anything也是表示一些东西，任何东西，一般用于否定及疑问句中．Nothing没有东西，用于肯定句表示否定含义；everything每件东西；修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面．可知他发现一些奇怪的事情．故选D．41．C考查连词．根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋，而现在一袋都不少，结合选项，So因此；and和，并且；but但是；or或者，否则．可知前后是转折关系，"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家，但是我"还有那么多袋米．故选C．42．A考查疑问词．根据…did that happen？"结合选项，How如何，怎样；What什么；Why为什么；Where在哪儿．可知那是如何发生的呢．故选A．43．D 考查形容词．根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪，结合选项，Small小的；different 不同的；huge巨大的；same 相同的．可知第二天早上，他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米．故选D．44．D 考查动词．根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀）；and walked down the road to his younger brother's house，结合选项，planned 计划；failed失败，不及格；hoped希望；tried尽力，尝试．可知那天晚上，他又再次尝试．try 意为"尝试"，结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时，故选D．45．B 考查名词．根据下文coming down the road"，结合选项，Brother兄弟；person人；sister姐妹；wife妻子．可知在明亮的月光下，他看见另一个人走在路上．故选B．46．B考查名词．根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀），结合选项，Back背部；shoulder肩膀；head头；hand 手．可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上．故选B．47．D 考查固定搭配．根据下文Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is…than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"你的家庭比我的家庭…，我认为你需要更多的米，结合选项，proud of为…感到骄傲；strict with对…严厉；angry with对…感到生气；worried about 为…担心．可知"我"担心你，哥哥．be worried about sb．为固定搭配，意为"为某人担忧"，故选D．48．C 考查形容词．根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭，结合选项，Smaller更小的；richer 更富有的；larger更大的；happier更高兴的．可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大．故选C．49．B 考查动词．根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other．结合选项，Remembered记得；imagined想象；realized 意识到；explained解释，说明．可知，两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方．realize 意为"意识到"，结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时，故选B．50．A 考查固定搭配．根据They…what had happened．"结合选项，laughed about嘲笑，笑对；dreamed about梦到；shouted at对…大喊；complained about抱怨．可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了．laugh about sth为固定搭配，意为"因为（某事）而笑"，结合全文时态此处应为过去时，故选A．4．One night，when I was eight，my mother gently asked me a question I would never forget．"Sweetie，my（16） wants to offer me a more important job because of my good work，but needs me to work in Brazil．This is like your teacher telling that you've done （17）C and allowing you to skip a grade（跳级），but you'll have to（18）A your friends．Would you say yes to your teacher？"She gave me a hug and asked me to think about it．I was puzzled．Though I said"yes"，the question kept me （19）C for the rest of thenight．I realized the（20）D decisions adults had to make．For almost four years，my mother would call us from Brazil every day．Every evening I'd （21）A wait for the phone to ring and then tell her every detail of my day．A phone call，however，could never take the place of her staying home with us and it was difficult not to feel （22）D sometimes．During my fourth﹣grade Christmas holiday，we flew to Rio to visit her．Looking at her large （23）C flat，I became aware of how lonely my mother must have been in Brazil herself．It was then that I started to understand the difficult choices she had to make on （24）family and work．（25）C difficult decisions，she used to tell me，you wouldn't know whether you make the right choice，but you could always do the best out of the situation．When I returned home，I（26）D myself that what my mother could do，I could，too．If she （27）A to live well in Rio all by herself，I，too，could learn to depend all on myself．I learn how to take care of myself and achieve big but practical （28）D．My mother is now back with us．But I will never forget what the （29） has really taught me．The separation（分离）between us has proved to be a（an）（30）A thing for me．16．A．teacher B．boss C．mother D．friend17．A．little B．much C．well D．wrong18．A．leave B．refuse C．contact D．forgive19．A．explaining B．sleeping C．wondering D．regretting20．A．poor B．rapid C．final D．hard21．A．hopefully B．politely C．nervously D．curiously22．A．satisfied B．happy C．relaxed D．lonely23．A．comfortable B．expensive C．empty D．modern24．A．providing B．balancing C．comparing D．mixing25．A．Disappointed at B．Compared with C．Faced with D．Satisfied with 26．A．enjoyed B．expressed C．warned D．reminded27．A．managed B．offered C．promised D．expected28．A．plans B．efforts C．prizes D．dreams29．A．question B．experience C．history D．chance30．A．wonderful B．terrible C．difficult D．unpleasant．【分析】这是一篇记叙文，作者记叙了妈妈去了巴西工作之后，他学会了自立，并且理解了妈妈的做法，这段分离的经历对他来说是一段难得的经历．【解答】16．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，teacher老师，boss老板，上司，mother 妈妈，friend朋友，结合句意可知："亲爱的，由于我工作出色，我的老板提供给我一份更重要的工作，但需要我在巴西工作．"故选：B．17．答案：C．考查副词及语境的理解，little小的，少，much多，well好，wrong错误的，根据下文"老师允许我跳级"这说明老师告诉我在学习上做得好，故选：C．18．答案：A．考查动词及语境的理解，句子中but表示转折关系，根据"老师告诉你做得好，允许你跳级．"，下文应该是"但是你得离开你的朋友．"故选：A．19．答案：C 考查动词及语境的理解，explaining解释，sleeping睡觉，wondering想知道，疑惑，regretting懊悔，句子中"I was puzzled．"妈妈的问题让我困惑了，下文应该是"这个问题让我困惑了一夜．"故选：C．20．答案：D．考查形容词及语境的理解，poor可怜的，穷的，rapid快速的，final最后的，hard难的，努力地．根据语境可知：作者我对妈妈的问题很困惑，我很难入睡，意识到成年人得作出艰难的决定，故选：D．21．答案：A 考查副词及语境的理解，hopefully怀着希望地，politely客气地，nervously紧张地，curiously好奇地，根据语境可知：四年来，妈妈每天从巴西打电话给我．可以推断出：作者很期待妈妈的电话，告诉她我在这儿的每一个细节．故选：A．22．答案：D 考查形容词及语境的理解，satisfied满意的，happy高兴的，relaxed轻松的，lonely孤独的，根据上句"然而，一个电话无法代替妈妈和我们一起呆在家里，"下句应该是："有时不感到孤独是困难的．"故选：D．23．答案：C考查形容词及语境的理解，comfortable舒服的，expensive昂贵的，empty空的，modern现代的．根据句意"在我四年级的圣诞节假期里，我们乘飞机去里约看望她，看着她那空荡荡的大公寓，我意识到我母亲在巴西一定很孤独．"，故选：C．24．答案：B．考查动词及语境的理解，providing提供，balancing平衡，comparing比较，mixing混乱，根据语境可知：就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．故选：B．25．答案：C．考查固定短语的理解，disappointed at对…感到失望，compared with与…作比较，faced with面临，satisfied with对…感到满意，由上文可知："就在那时，我开始明白她在平衡家庭和工作上所做出的艰难抉择．"下文应该是"面对艰难的决定，她曾告诉我，你不知道自己是否做出了正确的选择，但你总能从中得到最好的结果．"故选：C．26．答案：D．考查动词及语境的理解，enjoyed喜欢，expressed表达，warned 警告，reminded提醒，根据语境可知："当我回到家时，我提醒自己，我的母亲所能做的，我可以．"故选：D．27．答案：A 考查动词及语境的理解，managed设法，offered提供，promised承诺，expected期望，根据语境可知："如果她在里约生活得很好了，我也可以学会全部靠我自己．"故选：A．28．答案：D．考查名词及语境的理解，plans计划，efforts努力，prizes奖，dreams梦想，这里指"我学会了如何照顾自己，实现大而有用的梦想"，故选：D．29．答案：B．考查名词及语境的理解，question问题，experience经历，经验，history历史，chance机会，根据语境可知：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，故选：B30．答案：A．考查形容词及语境的理解，wonderful极好的，terrible可怕的，difficult困难的，unpleasant不愉快的，根据上文可以知道：我不会忘记与妈妈分离的这段经历，我从中学到很多东西．由此可知，这对我来说是一件好事情．故选：A．5．Food is important．Everyone needs to（31）D well if he or she wants to have a strongbody．Our minds （心灵）also need a kind of food．This kind of（32）C is knowledge．We begin to get knowledge（知识） even when we are young．Small children are （33）A in everything around them．They learn（34）when they are watching and listening．When they are getting older they begin to（35）D story books，science books and anything else they like．When they find something new，they have to ask questions and （36）A to find out the answers．What is the best（37）C to get knowledge？If we learn（38）D ourselves，we will get the most knowledge．If we are（39）getting answers from others and don't ask why，we will never learn more and understand（40）D．31．A．sleep B．read C．drink D．eat32．A．sport B．exercise C．food D．meat33．A．interested B．interesting C．weak D．good34．A．everything B．something C．nothing D．anything35．A．lend B．write C．learn D．read36．A．try B．have C．think D．wait37．A．place B．school C．way D．road38．A．on B．with C．to D．by39．A．seldom B．always C．certainly D．sometimes40．A．harder B．much C．well D．better．【分析】正像身体需要吃东西来补充营养一样，我们的大脑也需要营养，那就是不断地学习知识．人的不同生长阶段学习的方式不同，但是最好的学习方式是自学，这样可以保证你学到最多的知识．【解答】31．D．考查动词．A睡觉；B读；C喝；D吃；根据上文"Food is very important"可知要想拥有一个强壮的身体，每个人必须吃好．eat意为"吃"，句意：如果想要拥有健壮的身体，每个人都需要吃好．故选D．32．C．考查名词．A运动；B锻炼；C食物；D肉；根据下文"We begin to get knowledge even when we are young．"可推出大脑需要的事物是知识．knowledge意为"知识"，句意：这种食物是知识．故选C．33．A．考查形容词．A感兴趣的；B有趣的；C弱的；D好的；根据下文"When they find something new，they have to ask questions and ___ to find out the answers．"可推出此处是说对"对周围的一切都感兴趣"．be interested in是固定搭配，意为"对……感兴趣"，句意：小孩子们对他们周围的一切都感兴趣．故选A．34．B．考查代词．A所有的；B一些；C没有什么；D任何；根据后半句"while they are watching and listening"可知孩子们在耳听眼观的过程中经常会学到一些东西．everything过于绝对化，nothing、anything 不合文意，应选 something．故选B．35．D．考查动词．A借；B写；C学习；D读；根据空后"science books，storybooks"可知此处是说读书．read意为"读"，句意：当他们长大些，它们开始读科学书、故事书和其他任何他们喜欢的书籍．故选D．36．A．考查动词．A尝试；B有；C想；D等；根据"When they find something new"结合选项可知他们尝试找到答案，"try to do sth．"是固定搭配，意为"尝试做某事"．句意：当他们找到一些新事物，他们不得不问问题并试着弄清楚答案．故选A．37．C．考查名词．A地方；B学校；C方法；D路；根据下文中提到的自核和从别人那里学习，可推出此处是说"获取知识的最好方法"．way意为"方式，方法"，句意：获取知识的最好方法是什么？故选C．38．D．考查介词．A在…上；B和；C到；D由；根据题干中"learn ____ ourselves"及选项可知此处用learn by oneself，是固定搭配，意为"自学"．句意：如何我们自学，我们将获得最多知识．故选D．39．B．考查副词．A很少；B总是；C一定；D有时；根据题干中"are ____ getting answers from others"可推出此处用be always doing sth．，是固定搭配，意为"总是做某事"．句意：如果我们总是从别人那里获取答案而不问为什么，……故选B．40．D．考查比较级．A更难；B很多；C好；D更好；根据题干中"we will never learn more and understand ____"可推出这里需要用比较级与前面的more构成并列的比较级．better意为"更好"，句意：……，我们将不能学得更多、理解得更好．故选D．6．A man once had four sons． They never stopped quarreling （争吵） with one another． He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together， but they didn't（1）him．One day，he called all the（2）D together．He put a bundle（捆）of sticks on the floor in front of （3）C．"Can you break that？" he（4）A the youngest son． The boy put his knee （膝盖） on the bundle， he pressed （压） and pulled with his arms but he（5）C break the sticks．The father asked each son in turn to try to break the bundle，（6）A none of them could do it．Then he untied （解开） the string and scattered （散开） the（7）．"Now try，" he said． The boys broke the sticks（8）D in their hands．"Do you see what I mean？" asked the（9）A．"If you stand together，no one can hurt you．If you all quarrel， you can't do any（10）D things for your future．" This time， the sons listened to their father carefully．（1）A． look at B． listen to C． wait for D． help with（2）A． daughters B． students C． women D． sons（3）A． you B． her C． them D． us（4）A． asked B． said C． talked D． spoke（5）A． could B． must C． couldn't D． mustn't（6）A． but B． or C． and D． so（7）A． books B． sticks C． flowers D． sons（8）A． carefully B． happily C． early D． easily（9）A． father B． mother C． son D． daughter（10）A． boring B． difficult C． expensive D． helpful【分析】文章主要介绍了一个有四个孩子的爸爸通过一捆木棍，讲解了团结就是力量．【解答】1．B 动词辨析．A看；B听；C等；D帮助；根据上句He often told them life was easy if they worked hard together，but they didn't他经常告诉他们，如果他们一起努力工作，生活会很容易，应该是但他们没有听，故答案是B．2．D 名词辨析．A女儿；B学生；C女人；D儿子；根据句意应该是把他儿子喊到一起，故答案是D．3．C 代词辨析．A你；B她；C他们；D我们；根据He put a bundle（捆） of sticks on the floor in front of 结合前面把儿子喊到一起，应该是把一捆木棍放到他们前面，故答案是C．4．A 动词辨析．A问；B说；C谈论；D说；根据前面"Can you break that？" 你们能把木棍折断吗？应该是问，故答案是A．5．C 动词辨析．A能；B必须；C不能；D不必；根据下文，可知he pressed （压）and pulled with his arms but he（5）break the sticks，应该是没有折断，故答案是C．6．A 连词辨析．A但是；B或者；C和；D所以；根据后面none of them could do it没人能折断，表转折关系，故答案是A．7．B 名词辨析．A书；B木棍；C花；D儿子；根据Then he untied （解开） the string and scattered （散开） the解开绳子，应该是把木棍散在地上，故答案是B．8．D 副词辨析．A小心地；B开心地；C早地；D容易的；根据The boys broke the sticks （3）in their hands，结合上文散开了，应该是很容易就折断了，故答案是D．9．A 名词辨析．A爸爸；B妈妈；C儿子；D女儿；根据Do you see what I mean？"你明白我的意思吗？应该是爸爸问的，故答案是A．10．D 形容词辨析．A无聊的；B困难的；C贵的；D有帮助的；根据If you all quarrel，you can't do any（10）things for your future如果争吵，应该是将来不能做有用的事，故答案是D．7．Amy is 13．She lives （1）her parents in Suzhou．She is in Grade 7．From Monday （2）C Friday，she goes to school．And she usually （3）D school clothes．There are lots of nice people in her class．Millie her best friend，always （4）A games with her at lunchtime．They both enjoy （5）C the songs of Jay Zhou．She is very （6）D now．Tomorrow is New Year's Day．They are going to celebrate it in their classroom，so Amy and Millie are going to the supermarket．They want to buy some （7）A：sweets，chocolates，lemons and pears for their （8）C．Amy often ate chocolates before，but nowshe （9） eat them any more ，because she wants to be healthier．Millie loves pears．She is going to buy five （10）D of them．（1）A．and B．with C．without D．in（2）A．on B．at C．to D．and（3）A．in B．wear C．put on D．wears（4）A．plays B．play C．playing D．played（5）A．listening B．hearing C．listening to D．listen to（6）A．sad B．boring C．kind D．busy（7）A．food B．clothes C．drink D．books（8）A．parents B．neighbours C．classmates D．grandparents（9）A．don't B．doesn't C．isn't D．didn't（10）A．pieces B．bottles C．pairs D．kilos【分析】略【解答】BCDACDACBD8．Long long ago，there lived a farmer whose brother was a gardener and owned a wonderful garden．One day the farmer went to（1）D his brother，and was（2）the beautiful garden．His brother（3）A to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home and started to wonder（4）C to plant it．"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（5）D the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（6）．"Finally he planted the tree behind his barn（谷仓），"The（7）A would never think to look for it here．"（8）C，the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．The farmer went to his brother and said（9）D，"You have given me a（10）tree．Look!This is the third year and it still grows（11）C but leaves!"When the farmer's brother saw where the tree was，he （12）and said，"You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的）to cold winds，and get neither（13）A nor warmth．How could you（14）D flowers and fruits？You have planted the tree with a greedy and suspicious（贪婪多疑的） heart，so how can you want a（15）harvest？" What do you learn from the story？（1）A．watch B．find C．teach D．visit（2）A．worried about B．surprised at C．tired of D．afraid of（3）A．decided B．supposed C．hoped D．asked（4）A．how B．when C．where D．why（5）A．put off B．take away C．turn down D．shake down （6）A．tree B．fruit C．food D．flower（7）A．thieves B．animals C．neighbors D．children（8）A．Finally B．Firstly C．However D．Luckily（9）A．slowly B．hardly C．excitedly D．angrily（10）A．dead B．bad C．wrong D．young（11）A．something B．anything C．nothing D．everything（12）A．suggested B．laughed C．left D．planted（13）A．sunshine B．water C．air D．earth（14）A．plant B．take C．receive D．expect（15）A．small B．rich C．famous D．poor【分析】这篇短文讲述一位农夫种植苹果树的故事．这位农夫的哥哥非常懂得种植．一天，农夫去他哥哥家，他的哥哥给了他一棵苹果树让他回家种植，回到家中他将这棵树种到了阴冷的角落，结果经历了两年苹果树都没有结一个果实．【解答】1．D 考查动词句意：有一天，农夫去看望这位兄弟．A．watch观看；B．find 找到；C．teach教；D．visit 拜访．上文提到Mike是一个出色的园丁，可知本题答案．根据后句His brother（43）to give him the best apple tree as a gift．The farmer took the tree home 可知农夫去看望他的兄弟，根据go to do sth 去做某事，空格处用动词原形，故选D．2．B 考查形容词短语．句意：对美丽的花园感到惊讶．A．worried about担心；B．surprised at对…感到惊讶；C．tired of 厌烦；D．afraid of 害怕．根据句意，可知农夫对他兄弟的美丽的花园感到惊讶．be surprised at 对…感到惊讶，故选B．43．A 考查动词句意：他的兄弟决定送他最好的苹果树作为礼物．A．decided决定；B．supposed猜想；C．hoped 希望；D．asked 问．根据decide to do sth 决定做某事，根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选A．44．C 考查疑问副词句意：农夫把树带回家，开始想把它种在哪里．A．how 怎样；B．when 什么时候；C．where 哪里；D．why 为什么．根据后文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）the fruit．If I plant it on the road，people will see it and take off its（46）．"可知农夫想知道把苹果树种在哪里．故选C．45．D 考查动词短语句意：风可能会把水果吹落．A．put off 推迟；B．take off 拿走；C．turn down 调低音量；D．shake down 摇掉．根据句意，可知山上的风比较大，会吹掉树上的果实，句中might是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．46．B 考查名词句意：如果我把它种在路上，人们就会看到它，然后把它取下来．A．tree 树；B．fruit 水果；C．food 食物；D．flower 花．根据前文"If I plant it on the hill，"he said to himself，"the wind might（45）D the fruit．可知人们看到果实，就会把它取下来．故选B．47．A 考查名词句意：小偷不会想到在这里找它的．A．thieves 小偷；B．animals 动物；C．neighbours 邻居；D．children孩子们．根据前文可知，农夫把苹果树种在谷仓后面是为了让小偷不会想到在这里找到果实的．故选A．48．C 考查副词句意：然而，这棵树两年内既无花也无果．A．Finally 最后；B．firstly 首先；C．However 然而；D．Luckily 不幸的是．按照正常情况，两年内苹果树应该会开花和结果，根据句意，这棵树两年内既无花也无果，所以用however来表示转折，however 位于句首，首字母大写，故选C．49．D 考查副词句意：农夫走到他弟弟跟前愤怒地说．A．slowly 慢慢地；B．hardly 几乎不；C．excitedly 兴奋地；D．angrily 生气地．根据前文the tree grew neither flowers nor fruits in two years．和后文，"You have given me a（50）tree．可知农夫生气地对他兄弟说道，故选D．50．B 考查形容词句意：你给了我一棵坏树．A．dead 死的；B．bad 坏的，不好的；C．wrong 错误的；D．young 年轻的．根据后文This is the third year and it still grows（51）C but leaves!"可知农夫认为他兄弟给了他一个不好的树，故选B．51．C 考查不定代词句意：这是第三年了，它除了叶子什么也不长！A．something 某事；B．anything 任何东西；C．nothing 什么也没有；D．everything 一切．根据句意，可知那棵树除了叶子什么也不长．故选C．52．B 考查动词句意：农夫的兄弟看到树种的地方，他笑着说道．A．suggested 建议；B．laughed 大笑；C．left 离开；D．planted 种植．根据句意，农夫的哥哥知道了树为什么不开花不结果的真相后才会大笑．根据语境，此句是一般过去时，动词用过去式，故选B．53．A 考查名词句意：你把这棵树栽在受寒风影响很大的地方了，既没有阳光也没有温暖．A．sunshine 阳光；B．water 水；C．air 空气；D．earth 地球．根据前句You have planted the tree where it is exposed（暴露的） to cold winds，可知既没有阳光也没有温暖，故选A．54．D 考查动词句意：你怎么能期待鲜花和水果？A．plant种植；B．take拿走；C．receive 收到；D．expect 期待．根据前文可知，苹果树栽在既没有阳光也没有温暖的地方，是不会开花结果的．句中could是情态动词，后接动词原形，故选D．55．B 考查形容词句意：你已经抱着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心将那棵树种了下去，你怎么能想要丰收呢？A．small 小的；B．rich 丰富的；C．famous 著名的；D．poor 贫穷的．根据句意，可知带着一颗贪婪且怀疑的心去做事，是不能有丰富的收获的，故选B．9．At my heaviest I weighed 370 pounds.I had a very poor relationship with food：I used it to kill bad feelings，to make （1）feel better，and to celebrate.Worried about my health，I tried many different kinds of ways but they didn't work.I came to believe that I could do （2）C about my weight.When I was 57，my weight problem began to affect me （3）A.I had spent more time in the hospital and I （4）C catch up with my 7﹣year﹣old grandson when we took a walk.And I had to walk downstairs very slowly and carefully ﹣I couldn't see the steps when （5）!I didn't want to live the rest of my life like that!That year，I joined a club where we were asked to create a project that would touch the。
(整合)初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Just for today I will be happy．I quite agree with Abraham Lincoln，one of the greatest presidents in the US．He said，"Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind．" （1） is from inside．It is not a matter of outside．Just for today I will take care of my（2）C．I will exercise it，care for it，nourish*it，so that it will be a（3）D machine for my building．I plan to run for an hour every morning，and play basketball three or four times a week．（4）A it is possible，I will join a basketball team and train myself there too．Just for today I will try to strengthen my（5）A．I will learn something useful and meaningful．I will keep reading as part of myself．I will choose （6）C to read，especially books that need thought as often as I can，because reading is like a key that can （7）my mind to the outside world．It nourishes me deeply and （8） me a full man．Just for today I will have a plan．I will write down （9）I expect to do every day first．And then I will begin （10）C a very small thing，such as getting up on time．I may not follow it （11）the same as I have expected，but I am sure that I will have it．（12）C，a good plan is half done．Just for today I will be （13）A enough to enjoy myself．I will not be afraid to be happy，and to enjoy what is beautiful．I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me．I'll value every moment that will be （14）A with my parents，my children and my friends．And I will say "I love you" loudly to them．Never keep my love as a（15）C．Just for today I will start my new journey and enjoy life as well．（1）A．Agreement B．Happiness C．Friendship D．Communication（2）A．pet B．kid C．body D．house（3）A．noisy B．heavy C．simple D．perfect（4）A．If B．Till C．Unless D．Whether（5）A．mind B．pride C．power D．memory（6）A．nothing B．anything C．something D．everything（7）A．put up B．open up C．make up D．clean up（8）A．calls B．makes C．writes D．expresses（9）A．that B．what C．which D．where（10）A．by B．at C．with D．through（11）A．mainly B．exactly C．recently D．suddenly（12）A．Instead B．Finally C．Anyway D．However（13）A．brave B．careful C．nervous D．worried（14）A．spent B．wasted C．missed D．offered（15）A．doll B．poem C．secret D．painting【分析】文章讲述了快乐和内心相关，和外在无关，并讲述了作者打算如何让自己成为一个快乐的人．【解答】（1）B 考查名词，A．Agreement同意B．Happiness幸福C．Friendship友谊D．Communication沟通，根据前文Most people can be as happy as they hope to be in their mind大多数人都能像他们希望的那样快乐．可知说的是快乐，推出此处是快乐，故选B．（2）C 考查名词，A．pet宠物B．kid孩子C．body身体D．house房子，根据I will exercise it我将锻炼它，以及I plan to run for an hour every morning，and play basketball three or four times a week．我计划每天早上跑一小时，每周打三到四次篮球．推出是锻炼身体，故选C．（3）D 考查形容词，A．noisy吵闹的B．heavy重的C．simple简单的D．perfect完美的，根据 I will exercise it，care for it，nourish it，我将锻炼它，照顾它，滋养它，可知锻炼的目的是为了让身体成为一个完美的机器，故选D．（4）A 考查连词，A．If如果B．Till直到C．Unless除非D．Whether是否，根据it is possible，I will join a basketball team and train myself there too，推出句意：如果可能，我也会加入篮球队，在那里训练自己，故选A．（5）A 考查名词，A．mind精神B．pride自豪C．power力量D．memory记忆，根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书，推出我打算强化提升我的精神世界，故选A．（6）C 考查代词，A．nothing没事B．anything任何事C．something某事D．everything 每件事，根据especially books that need thought as often as I can尤其是那些需要经常思考的书，推出此处是指计划读一些东西，故选C．（7）B 考查短语，A．put up举起 B．open up打开 C．make up编造 D．clean up打扫，根据my mind to the outside world，可知是指向外面的世界敞开我的心扉，故选B．（8）B 考查动词，A．calls打电话B．makes使…C．writes写D．expresses表达，根据me a full man，推出是指：使我成为一个丰富有内涵的人，故选B．（9）B 考查代词，A．that没有具体意义 B．what什么 C．which哪个 D．where哪里，根据 I expect to do every day first，可知是what引导的宾语从句，意思是：我希望每天所期待的，故选B．（10）C 考查介词，A．by被 B．at在…C．with带有 D．through通过，根据begin，可知是短语begin with以…开始，结合句意：从小事做起，故选C．（11）B 考查副词，A．mainly主要地B．exactly准确地C．recently最近地D．suddenly 突然地，根据后文 but I am sure that I will have it但我相信我将会做到，推出前半句的意思是：虽然我可能不准确的做到，故选B．（12）C 考查副词，A．Instead相反地B．Finally最后地C．Anyway不管怎样D．However然而，根据a good plan is half done，不管怎样，一个好的计划是成功的一半，故选C．（13）A 考查形容词，A．brave勇敢的 B．careful仔细的 C．nervous紧张的 D．worried担心的，根据 I will not be afraid to be happy，and to enjoy what is beautiful．I will not be afraid to love and to believe that those I love also love me．我不会害怕快乐，也不会害怕享受美好的事物．我不会害怕去爱，也不会去相信我所爱的人也爱我，推出我要变的勇敢，故选A．（14）A 考查动词，A．spent花费 B．wasted浪费 C．missed错过 D．offered提供，根据I'll value every moment that will be…with my parents，my children and my friends，可知是指：我将珍惜和我的父母孩子，和朋友一起度过的每一个时刻，故选A．（15）C 考查名词，A．doll玩偶B．poem诗C．secret秘密D．painting画，根据"I love you" loudly to them．可知是指：对亲人大声的说爱他们，而不是藏在心里成为一个秘密，故选C．2．Welcome to London．You may visit many interesting（36）C here．The River Thames is a very beautiful river．Many boats and ships come and go （37）A it．Many people from other countries go on boat trips here．One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．Boats （38）D Tower Bridge every half an hour．Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world（39） it is near the Tower of London，Tower Bridge gets its （40）C．You can （41）C across Tower Bridge at any time．Hyde Park is in the center of the（42）D．It's a great city park in the world．It （43）A very beautiful．You can enjoy swimming，boating，bike riding and skating here．London has a lot of museums and some of（44）D are free．It's a good place for you to visit．I'm sure you'll （45） a good time there．36．A．people B．rooms C．places D．animals37．A．on B．with C．at D．for38．A．lie B．clean C．find D．leave39．A．If B．Because C．When D．So40．A．history B．river C．name D．boat41．A．play B．dance C．walk D．work42．A．school B．street C．house D．city43．A．looks B．feels C．tastes D．sees44．A．us B．you C．it D．them45．A．tell B．have C．design D．listen．【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景．泰晤士河很美，上面有来来去去的船．塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一，因为附近的伦敦塔而得名．海德公园也在市中心，是世界上最好的城市公园之一．伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆．【解答】36．C．考查名词辨析． people 人； rooms 房间；places 地方； animals 动物．根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London，可知该句句意是：你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方．因"many" 很多，修饰可数名词复数；"interesting"有趣的，是形容词，可修饰名词，所以该空填名词"places"，故选C．37．A．考查介词辨析．on 在……上面；with 和；at 在（时间的某一点）；for为，给．题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河，所以可推知该句的意思是：许多船舶在它上面来来去去．因此该空填介词on，故选A．38．D．考查动词辨析．lie 躺；clean 清洁；find 找到；leave离开．根据前一句可知：One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥．而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船，所以可推知：船每隔半小时发一次，即：船每隔半小时离开塔桥．又因本句是主谓宾结构，主语boats是复数形式，故选D．39．B．考查连词．if 如果，可引导条件状语从句；because 因为，引导原因状语从句；when 什么时候，引导时间状语从句；so因此，引导结果状语从句．根据分句： it is near the Tower of London，句意：它离伦敦塔很近．根据分句： Tower Bridge gets its …句意：塔桥出名．前后两个分句是因果关系，前因后果，所以用because来引导，故选B．40．C．考查名词辨析．history历史；river 河；name 名字；boat船．根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London．因为它离伦敦塔很近．可知所以塔桥出名，又因关键词"its"它的，是形容词性的物主代词，可修饰名词，故选C．41．C．考查动词辨析． play玩； dance 跳舞；walk 步行；work工作．根据题干可知固定短语：walk across步行穿过，又因关键词"can" 是情态动词，后面加动词原形，故选C．42．D．考查名词辨析． school 学校；street 街道；house 房子； city城市．根据后一句：It's a great city park in the world．可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园．所以可推知该句的句意是：海德公园在这个城市的中心．又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词，故选D．43．A．考查感官动词．looks 看； feels 感觉；tastes 尝； sees看到．根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园，可知它看起来非常的漂亮．又因该句是主系表结构，所以可用感官动词做系动词，结合选项，故选A．44．D．考查人称代词．us 我们，宾格形式；you你，你们；it 它；them它们，是宾格形式．根据分句：London has a lot of museums．：伦敦有很多博物馆．可知后面分句的意思是：它们中的一些是免费的．又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式，故选D．45．B．考查动词辨析．tell 告诉；have 有；design 设计；listen听．根据题干可知固定搭配：have a good time 玩的高兴，过得愉快．又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形，故选B．3．A teacher decided to let her class play a game．The teacher told each child in the class to bring along a plastic bag with a few（1）in it．Each potato will be given a name of a person that the child（2）C，so the number of potatoes that a child will put in his/her plastic bag will （3）A on the number of people he/she hates．So when the day came，every child brought some potatoes with the（4）A of the people he/she hated．Some had two potatoes，some three，（5）D some up to fivepotatoes．The teacher then told the children to carry with them the potatoes in the plastic bag wherever they went （even to the toilet） for one（6）．Day after day passed by，and the children started to complain about the unpleasant （7）let out by the rotten（腐烂的） potatoes．Those having five potatoes also had to carry（8）A bags．After one week，the children were （9）C because the game had finally ended．The teacher asked，"How did you feel while carrying the potatoes with you for one week？" The children started complaining of the （10）D that they had to go through having to carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．Then the teacher told them the hidden meaning behind the game．The teacher said， "This is （11） the situation when you carry your hatred for somebody inside your heart．The bad smell of hatred will dirty your（12）C and you will carry it with you wherever you go．If you cannot（13）D the smell of rotten potatoes for just one week，can you imagine what it is like to have the unpleasant smell of hatred in your heart for your lifetime？"（14）away any hatred for anyone from your heart so that you will not carry it for a lifetime．Forgiving others is the best attitude to take!Love others even if you don't like them，and you can see a（15）A world．（1）A．tomatoes B．potatoes C．strawberries D．sandwiches（2）A．doubts B．helps C．hates D．likes（3）A．depend B．live C．sit D．try（4）A．names B．numbers C．words D．smiles（5）A．as B．until C．when D．while（6）A．day B．week C．month D．year（7）A．sound B．smell C．air D．water（8）A．heavier B．lighter C．more D．fewer（9）A．sad B．frightened C．happy D．quiet（10）A．risk B．mess C．headache D．trouble（11）A．maybe B．exactly C．especially D．finally（12）A．nature B．bag C．heart D．knowledge（13）A．smell B．tell C．change D．bear（14）A．Put B．Throw C．Fly D．Blow（15）A．better B．cleaner C．worse D．dirtier【分析】本文中老师是想通过这个事情告诉学生一个道理，不要在心里去讨厌或者憎恨一个人，那样太累了，还不如原谅别人．【解答】1．B 考查名词．句意：老师告诉班上的每个孩子带一个塑料袋，里面放一些土豆．tomatoes西红柿；potatoes土豆；strawberries草莓；sandwiches三明治．由后文Each potato will 可知，此处指的时学生们带了一些土豆．故选B．2．C 考查动词．句意：每个土豆都会有一个孩子讨厌的人的名字．doubts怀疑；helps帮助；hates讨厌；likes喜欢．由后文the number of people he/she hates可知，此处指的时讨厌的名字．故选C．3．A 考查动词．句意：所以一个孩子放在塑料袋里的土豆数量将取决于他/她讨厌的人的数量．depend依赖，取决；live居住，生活；sit坐；try尝试．由语境和句意可知，depend on取决于，依赖于，固定搭配，符合题意．故选A．4．A 考查名词．句意：所以，当这一天到来时，每个孩子都会带来一些土豆，上面写着他/她讨厌的人的名字．names名字；numbers数字；words单词；smiles微笑．由前文可知，老师要求学生们再土豆上，写出自己讨厌的人的名字．故选A．5．D 考查连词．句意：有的学生有两个土豆，有的有三个土豆，然而有些学生有多达五个土豆．as因为，作为；until直到；when当……时候；while然而．由句意可知，此处需用while前后表示对比．故选D．6．B 考查名词．句意：然后老师让孩子们把土豆放在塑料袋里，放在他们去的任何地方（甚至厕所）一个星期．day天；week周；month月；year年．由后文After one week可知，此处表示一星期．故选B．7．B 考查名词．句意：日复一日，孩子们开始抱怨腐烂的土豆散发出的难闻气味．sound 声音；smell气味；air空气；water水．由后文let out by the rotten（腐烂的）potatoes．可知，此处表示土豆腐烂发出的气味．故选B．8．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：那些有五个土豆的人还得拿更重的袋子．heavier更重；lighter更轻；more更多；fewer更少．由上文和句意可知，土豆数量越多，袋子的重量越大．故选A．9．C 考查形容词．句意：一周后，孩子们很高兴，因为游戏终于结束了．sad悲伤的；frightened害怕的；happy高兴的；quiet安静的．由后文because the game had finally ended 可知，游戏结构了，所以孩子们开心．故选C．10．D 考查名词．句意：孩子们开始抱怨他们必须忍受麻烦，无论他们去哪里，他们都得带着又重又臭的土豆．risk风险；mess杂乱；headache头疼；trouble麻烦．由后文carry the heavy and smelly potatoes wherever they went．可知，孩子们无论去哪里都要把土豆带着，所以这给他们带来了麻烦．故选D．11．B 考查副词．句意：这正是你内心深处对某人怀有仇恨的情况．maybe也许；exactly 精确地，确切地；especially尤其；finally最后；由句意可知，此处需用exactly精确地，确切地，表示这种情况与上文一致．故选B．12．C 考查名词．句意：仇恨的恶臭会弄脏你的心，你会带着它走到任何地方．nature自然，本性；bag包；heart心；knowledge知识．由后文hatred in your heart for your lifetime 可知，此处指的是弄脏你的心．故选C．13．D 考查动词．句意：如果你一个星期都不能忍受腐烂土豆的味道，你能想象一辈子心里有一股仇恨的难闻气味是什么样子吗？" smell闻；tell告诉；change改变；bear忍受．由句意和语境可知，此处指的是忍受土豆腐烂的味道．故选D．14．B 考查动词．句意：把对任何人的仇恨从你的心中抹去，这样你一辈子都不会带着它．Put放；Throw扔掉；Fly飞；Blow吹．由句意可知，作者建议我们把对别人的仇恨放起来，put away放起来，固定搭配，符合题意．故选B．15．A 考查形容词比较级．句意：爱别人，即使你不喜欢他们，你也能看到一个更好的世界．better更好；cleaner更干净；worse更差；dirtier更脏．由句意和语境可知，爱别人，我们能看到一个更好的世界．故选A．4．Once there lived two brothers．The elder was called Simon and the younger Victor．They （36）C each other very much，and always took care of one another．Every day they worked from morning（37）A night，getting as much grain（谷物） as possible from their fields．One late autumn evening，after their work in the（38）was done，Simon said to his wife，"Victor got married last month．He has many bills（账单） to pay．I think I will put a bag of rice in his barn（谷仓）．""Oh，that's a good idea，"said his wife．"But please don't tell him，"said Simon，"If he knows I put the rice there，he will（39）A take it．"So，late that night Simon took a bag of rice to Victor's barn．The next day，while looking at his own barn，he found（40）D strange．"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house last night，（41）C I still have the same number of bags in my barn．（42）A did that happen？" Simon decided to take another bag of rice to his brother's barn that night．But the next morning，he found the（43）D number of bags in his barn again!"This is very strange，"he thought．That night he（44）D again．He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder； and walked down the road to his younger brother's house．In the bright moonlight，he could see another （45） coming down the road．He was carrying something on his（46） too．"Younger Brother!"Simon cried，"What are you doing？""I was （47）D you，Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is（48）C than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"The two brothers quickly（49）that they had been taking rice to each other．They（50）A what had happened．"It is good to have a brother like you，"they both said．And they lived happily ever after．36．A．disliked B．hated C．loved D．enjoyed37．A．until B．at C．through D．with38．A．shops B．fields C．hospitals D．factories39．A．never B．sometimes C．usually D．ever40．A．everything B．anything C．nothing D．something41．A．so B．and C．but D．or42．A．How B．What C．Why D．Where43．A．small B．different C．huge D．same44．A．planned B．failed C．hoped D．tried45．A．brother B．person C．sister D．wife46．A．back B．shoulder C．head D．hand47．A．proud of B．polite to C．angry with D．worried about 48．A．smaller B．richer C．larger D．happier49．A．remembered B．realized C．imagined D．explained50．A．laughed about B．dreamed about C．pointed at D．shouted at．【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了一对亲密的兄弟，他们都看到了对方的困难，想法来帮助对方．正是这种无私的兄弟之情让这对兄弟生活得很幸福．【解答】答案：36．C 考查动词．根据下文always took care of one another，结合选项，dislike"不喜欢"；loved爱；hate"憎恨"；enjoy"欣赏"，可知他们互相友爱．love 意为"爱，关爱"，全文是一般过去时，所以用过去式，loved．故选C．37．A 考查固定结构．根据下文getting as much gain"获得更多的粮食，结合选项，Until直到；at 在时间空间的一点；through通过；with 带有，伴随，和．可知他们每天都从早上工作直到晚上．from…until 为固定搭配，意为"从…直到…"，故选A．38．B 考查名词．根据上文getting as much gain（谷物） as possible from their fields"从田里获得尽可能多的粮食，结合选项，Shops商店；fields田地；hospitals医院；factories工厂．可知他们的工作是在田野间．field 意为"田野"，由于不止一块田地，所以要用复数形式 fields，故选B．39．A 考查副词．根据上文But please don't tell him"不要告诉他，结合选项，Never从来不，永远不；sometimes有时；usually通常；ever曾经，永远．可知本句指的是，如果他知道了，他永远不会取用它．故选A．40．D 考查不定代词．根据he found…strange．"结合选项，something一些东西，一般用于肯定句及表示请求建议等含义的疑问句中；anything也是表示一些东西，任何东西，一般用于否定及疑问句中．Nothing没有东西，用于肯定句表示否定含义；everything每件东西；修饰这些不定代词的形容词一般放在这些词的后面．可知他发现一些奇怪的事情．故选D．41．C考查连词．根据上文"I took a bag of rice to Victor's house"取走了一袋，而现在一袋都不少，结合选项，So因此；and和，并且；but但是；or或者，否则．可知前后是转折关系，"我"拿了一袋米去Victor 家，但是我"还有那么多袋米．故选C．42．A考查疑问词．根据…did that happen？"结合选项，How如何，怎样；What什么；Why为什么；Where在哪儿．可知那是如何发生的呢．故选A．43．D 考查形容词．根据下文This is very strange"很奇怪，结合选项，Small小的；different 不同的；huge巨大的；same 相同的．可知第二天早上，他在仓库里又发现了相同的数量的米．故选D．44．D 考查动词．根据下文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀）；and walked down the road to his younger brother's house，结合选项，planned 计划；failed失败，不及格；hoped希望；tried尽力，尝试．可知那天晚上，他又再次尝试．try 意为"尝试"，结合全文时态可知此处应为过去时，故选D．45．B 考查名词．根据下文coming down the road"，结合选项，Brother兄弟；person人；sister姐妹；wife妻子．可知在明亮的月光下，他看见另一个人走在路上．故选B．46．B考查名词．根据上文He carried a large bag of rice on his shoulder （肩膀），结合选项，Back背部；shoulder肩膀；head头；hand 手．可知那个人也扛了东西在肩膀上．故选B．47．D 考查固定搭配．根据下文Older Brother，"said Victor，"Your family is…than mine．I thought you needed more rice．"你的家庭比我的家庭…，我认为你需要更多的米，结合选项，proud of为…感到骄傲；strict with对…严厉；angry with对…感到生气；worried about 为…担心．可知"我"担心你，哥哥．be worried about sb．为固定搭配，意为"为某人担忧"，故选D．48．C 考查形容词．根据下文I thought you needed more rice 我还以为你需要更多的米饭，结合选项，Smaller更小的；richer 更富有的；larger更大的；happier更高兴的．可知你的家庭比我的家庭更大．故选C．49．B 考查动词．根据The two brothers quickly…that they had been taking rice to each other．结合选项，Remembered记得；imagined想象；realized 意识到；explained解释，说明．可知，两兄弟很快意识到他们互相把米带给了对方．realize 意为"意识到"，结合全文时态可知此处因为过去时，故选B．50．A 考查固定搭配．根据They…what had happened．"结合选项，laughed about嘲笑，笑对；dreamed about梦到；shouted at对…大喊；complained about抱怨．可知对于把米带给到对方家里去的事情他们都笑了．laugh about sth为固定搭配，意为"因为（某事）而笑"，结合全文时态此处应为过去时，故选A．5．I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless．I had to（36）D Grade Six．At that time a new teacher，Miss Sadia，came to our school．One day after class，she noticed that I was staying alone during the lunch break．She came to me and began to talk to me．It was just a（37）C conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special．I started to work hard because she gave me the feeling that（38）believed me，and my（39）D started to improve in her subject．Months later，she moved into a house near my（40）A．We would walk home together after school．Her constant （不断的） support helped me，especially in my studies，as I knew she would（41）D my grades both in her subject and the other subjects．I finally（42）second in my class．Then，after Grade Six，she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）A still kept a constant check on me．By the time I was in Grade Seven，we（44）D spoke，but by then I had become the（45）C in my class．When I left my school，I was out of touch with her，as she never answered the（46）C when I called her．Then I graduated and went to a good university．One fine day，our paths crossed again．I met her at a wedding．I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？" "You are a clever boy．I wanted you to be a tree（48）A on your own roots，not dependingon （依靠）others．Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration （启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）C a shoulder．"she said．I could not say anything，but I smiled．I'll always thank her．36．A．jump B．attend C．copy D．repeat37．A．stupid（傻的）B．useless C．normal D．secret38．A．everyone B．someone C．anyone D．nobody39．A．words B．objects C．classes D．grades40．A．home B．school C．hotel D．company41．A．change B．look C．improve D．check42．A．received B．came C．caught D．held43．A．but B．as C．or D．so44．A．ever B．often C．once D．hardly45．A．oldest B．strongest C．best D．cleverest46．A．road B．schoolyard C．phone D．machine47．A．finish B．help C．prevent D．keep48．A．standing B．flying C．growing D．sitting49．A．sad B．proud C．good D．pity50．A．give up B．get on C．look for D．take up【分析】作者在小学时老师和家长认为他是个差等生，要他留级，这时遇到了一位名叫Miss Sadia的老师，在她的帮助和鼓励下，作者取得很大进步，但是从此以后，Miss Sadia 不再给他很多关注，直到毕业后的一次偶遇，他才知道了老师这样做的真正原因．【解答】36．D考查动词辨析．A jump跳；B attend 参加；C copy复印；D repeat重复．根据I was said to be the worst student in my class，and my family thought I was hopeless 可知老师和家长都认为"我"是差生，所以不得不留级，选D．37．C考查形容词辨析．A．stupid 蠢得；B．useless无用的；C．normal 正常的；D．secret秘密的．从上下文It was just a（37）conversation（对话）．After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知这只是很平常的谈话，但是后来老师却格外注意我，选C．38．B考查代词辨析．A．everyone每个人；B．someone 某人；C．anyone任何人；D．nobody没有人．从上文After that day，she gave me particular attention（特别注意） and it made me feel special可知老师对"我"特别关注，所以作者感到了来自别人的信任，选B．39．D考查名词辨析．A words话；B objects 物体；C classes班级；D grades分数，成绩．根据后句started to improve in her subject可以推断作者在老师那科的成绩开始提高了，选D．40．A考查名词辨析．A home 家；B school 学校；C hotel旅馆；D company公司．根据We would walk home together after school可知作者和老师．放学后一起回家．选A．41．D考查动词辨析．A．change 改变；B．look 看；C．improve 提高；D．check核实，检查．根据语境判断老师会检查他的学习情况，会查他各科的成绩，而且根据下文still kept a constant（不断的） check on me．内容也可以判断选D．42．B．考查动词辨析．A received收到；B came 来；C caught抓住D；held抓住．固定短语：come second获得第二名，句意：最后"我"获得班级第二名，选B．43．A考查连词辨析A but但是（表示转折关系）；B as由于（表示原因）；C or否则，或者（表示选择关系）；D so所以（表示前因后果）．从前后句she started to slowly drift away（疏远），（43）still kept a constant check on me．内容可知此处表示转折关系，句意：老师开始慢慢地疏远"我"，但是还是经常检查"我"的学习成绩，选A．44．D考查副词辨析．A ever曾经；B often 经常；C once曾经；D hardly几乎不．从上文she started to slowly drift away内容可知老师对作者渐渐疏远，由此判断当"我"上七年级时，我们几乎就不交谈了，故选D．45．C．考查形容词辨析．A oldest 最老的；B strongest最壮的；C best最好的；D cleverest 最聪明的．but by then I had become the（45）in my class到那时，"我"已经成为班级最好的学生了，故选C．46．C考查名词辨析．A road路；B schoolyard 校园；C phone打电话；D machine机器．根据空后when I called her．可知当"我"给她打电话时，她从不接"我"的电话，故选C．47．B考查动词辨析．A finish完成；B help帮助；C prevent阻止；D keep保持．根据作者说的话I could not（47）asking her，"Why did you stop talking to me？"可知"我"是情不自禁地问她"为什么不再和我说话"，can't help doing sth情不自禁做某事，故选 B．48．A考查动词辨析．A standing 站立；B flying飞；C growing 生长；D sitting坐．从下文I wanted you to be a tree（48）on your own roots，not depending on （依靠）others内容可知老师希望作者独立，要像一棵树一样，站在自己的根上，而不是依赖于别人的帮助，故选A．49．B考查形容词辨析．A sad伤心的；B proud自豪的；C good好的；D pity遗憾的．从Now here you are and I feel（49）of you．You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人） and do not need to内容可知作者成绩优秀，所以老师应该是为他自豪，故选B．50．C考查动词短语辨析．A give up放弃；B get on进展；C look for寻找；D take up拿起．从老师说的话You are your inspiration（启发灵感的人）and do not need to（50）a shoulder可知老师不希望他去依赖别人，要靠自己的力量，短语：look for a shoulder"依靠别人"，选C．6．I have （1）C my hometown for a few years．It has changed a lot （2）A the years．New roads and beautiful buildings have been （3）C．People in my hometown have realized the（4）C of protecting the environment．They have done many things （5）C planting trees，keeping the roads clean，and not （6）D plastic bags．Now the （7）A is much better than before，and people's life is （8）D than before．The old are doing all kinds of （9）D such as playing（10）A，dancing and playing TaiJi in thepark．There are（11）C places for people to relax such as KTVs and bars in the town．People's life is not（12）any more．They can relax in many different ways（13）C just watching TV at home．There are also some places（14）A further learning ，especially for the（15）A who want to find good jobs．（1）A．left B．been away C．been away from D．left away（2）A．over B．among C．between D．after（3）A．build B．building C．built D．buildings（4）A．important B．useless C．importance D．use（5）A．for example B．as C．such as D．that is（6）A．use B．used C．useful D．using（7）A．environment B．weather C．life D．hometown（8）A．bad B．worse C．colourful D．more colorful （9）A．games B．matches C．work D．activities（10）A．chess B．the chess C．with chess D．a chess（11）A．few B．less C．more D．much（12）A．interesting B．boring C．bored D．happy（13）A．for example B．in fact C．instead of D．such as（14）A．for B．at C．with D．to（15）A．young B．children C．old D．baby【分析】这篇短文主要讲述了家乡的变化．家乡建了新楼房和道路，人们的环保意识提高了，环境变好了．人们的生活也变得丰富多彩了，老年人有各种各样的活动；还有很多地方供人们休闲；对于年轻人来说，还有继续学习的地方．【解答】（1）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：我离开家乡有好多年了．for a few years，好些年；通常和现在完成时连用，leave是瞬间动词，不能与持续时间段连用，be away from离开，表示状态，可以与持续时间段连用；结合语境故选C．（2）A．考查介词与语境理解．A超过；B三者及以上其中；C两者中间；D在…之后；根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：这些年发生了很多改变．Over the years多年以来，故选A．（3）C．考查动词与语境理解．根据前后文及选项词意，此句为：建了新的房子和道路．主语与动词直接是被动关系，要用被动语态，所以动词用过去分词，故选C．（4）C．考查名词与语境理解．从后文村民植树等行为，得知此句说的是，村民们认识到保护环境的重要性．A 重要的，形容词；B没有的，形容词；C 重要性，名词；D 使用，动词；结合语境故选C．（5）C．考查短语与语境理解．从前问They have done many things他们做了很多事情，后面是具体的例子，例如植树，保持道路的清洁，A 例如，后面经常跟一个例子，B 作为，。
经典初一(七年级)英语完形填空(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．When a man was walking by some elephants，he suddenly stopped．He couldn't understand about that these（1）A animals were held only by a small rope tied to their front legs．No chains （链条），no cages．It was obvious that the elephants could （2）C their ropes at any time，（3）A for some reason，they did not．He saw a（4） nearby and asked why the animals just stood there and made no attempt （企图） to get away． "Well，" the trainer said，"when they were very（5）C and much smaller，we used the（6）A rope to keep them from running away．At that age，it's enough to hold them．As they（7） up，they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope．They believe it can still hold them，so they（8）D try to break free．"The man was amazed．These animals could break free（9） they wanted，but because they believed they（10）A，they were stuck （受困的） right where they were．How many of us go through life（11）A the elephants﹣holding onto the belief that we cannot do something （12）A because we failed at it once before？Failure is a（13）A of learning．If we failed once，it doesn't mean we can never （14）D．We should never give up（15）C when we face failures in life．（1）A．huge B．funny C．fat D．short（2）A．hold B．eat C．break D．tie（3）A．but B．so C．and D．because（4）A．helper B．trainer C．walker D．cleaner（5）A．happy B．rich C．young D．old（6）A．same B．different C．soft D．hard（7）A．eat B．grow C．stand D．give（8）A．always B．often C．usually D．never（9）A．whatever B．whenever C．however D．wherever（10）A．couldn't B．mustn't C．can't D．shouldn't（11）A．like B．as C．for D．on（12）A．simply B．really C．totally D．completely（13）A．way B．part C．form D．shape（14）A．expect B．go C．remember D．succeed（15）A．learning B．running C．trying D．travelling【分析】文通过大象和绳子之间的关系来告诉我们一个道理，我们不要因为之前的失败而放弃再次尝试，我们可以从失败中学到某些东西．【解答】（1）A．形容词辨析．A巨大的；B有趣的；C胖的；D短的；根据后面only by a small rope tied to their front legs，应该是不理解为什么这么大的动物一根小绳就把它系住了，故答案是A．（2）C．动词辨析．A握；B吃；C打破；D系；根据was obvious that the elephants could （2）their ropes at any time，及语境，可知很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索，故答案是C．（3）A．连词辨析．A但是；B所以；C和；D因为；根据上句很明显大象随时都可能折断绳索，这里后面说很多原因，它们没有这么做，表转折关系，故答案是A．（4）B．名词辨析．A助手；B训练者；C行人；D清洁工；根据下文，" the trainer said，可知是训练者，故答案是B．（5）C．形容词辨析．A开心的；B富有的；C年轻的；D老的；根据后面much smaller，应该是年幼和更小时，故答案是C．（6）A．形容词辨析．A相同的；B困难的；C软的；D硬的；根据下文they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子，应该是相同的绳系住它们，故答案是A．（7）B．动词辨析．A吃；B生长；C站；D给；根据下句they are conditioned to believe they cannot break the rope他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子，可知是长大后如此，故答案是B．（8）D．副词辨析．A总是；B经常；C通常；D从不；根据上句They believe it can still hold them，他们相信它还能拴住他们，所以应该是从未逃走，故答案是D．（9）B．副词辨析．A无论什么；B无论何时；C无论怎样；D无论在哪；根据上文描述，这时These animals could break free（9）they wanted，应该是这些动物只要他们想，随时都可以得到自由，故答案是B．（10）A．动词辨析．A不能；B不必；C不能；D不应该；根据because they believed they 时态是过去时，结合上文描述他们习惯于相信自己不能断绳子，这里应该是他们相信他们不能，故答案是A．（11）A．介词辨析．A像；B作为；C为；D在…上；根据语境，应该是我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生，故答案是A．（12）A．副词辨析．A简单地；B真地；C总共；D完全地；根据上句我们中有多少人像大象一样度过一生，可知这里坚持认为我们不能做某件事仅仅是因为我们曾经失败过，故答案是A．（13）A．名词辨析．A方法；B部分；C表格；D形状；根据Failure is a（13）of learning 应该是失败是一种学习的方式，故答案是A．（14）D．动词辨析．A期待；B去；C记得；D成功；根据If we failed once，it doesn'tmean we can never 如果我们失败过一次，并不意味着我们永远不会﹣﹣，应该是成功，故答案是D．（15）C．动词辨析．A学习；B跑；C尝试；D旅行；根据后面when we face failures in life面对失败时，应该是不要放弃尝试，故答案是C．2．Many people like to keep dogs．They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names，（1）C I call my dog "Little Kid"．When I went to（2）his license（许可证），I met one of my friends．I told him I would like to have a license（3）D Little Kid and he said， "I'd like to have（4） for my kid （孩子），too． "Then I told him，" But this is a dog．"When I got married（结婚）and went on my honeymoon，I（5）A the dog with me．I told the hotel worker that I wanted a（6）C for my wife and me and a room for Little Kid．He asks，" Why don't you and your kid（7）D in a room？" Then I said， "You don't understand．Little Kid is my dog．My wife doesn't（8）A him．When my wife and I separated（分开），we went to court（法庭）．I said，" Your Honor，I only want to have my Little Kid．" The judge（法官）said，" You are a good（9）A．"Then I told him，" Little Kid is my（10）C dog．He isn't my son．"（1）A．and B．or C．but D．so（2）A．write down B．ask for C．look for D．put up（3）A．in B．with C．about D．for（4）A．it B．one C．him D．her（5）A．took B．helped C．had D．wanted（6）A．house B．family C．room D．desk（7）A．study B．play C．eat D．stay（8）A．like B．take C．help D．want（9）A．father B．mother C．wife D．husband（10）A．lucky B．brave C．favourite D．careful【分析】本文讲述了很多人喜欢养狗，而且他们喜欢称呼它们为自己的孩子，文章讲述了作者结婚的时候带自己的狗度蜜月，离婚的时候作者要求要自己的狗，法官还以是作者的孩子．【解答】1﹣5：CBDBA 6﹣10：CDAAC1．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A．and 和，又；B．or 或者；C．But但是；D．So因此，根据They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names，（1）I call my dog "Little Kid"．他们把他们的狗称为"宝宝"或其他美丽的名字，我叫我的狗"小孩"．根据题意可知是表示转折关系，故选C．2．B 考查动词短语及语境的理解．A．write down 写下；B．ask for 询问；C．look for 寻找；D．put up张贴．根据下文I met one of my friends作者遇到了他的一个朋友，当我去询问她的许可证的时候．故选B．3．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A．in 在……里面；B．with 带有，据有；C．About大约；D．For为了．根据I told him I would like to have a license（3）Little Kid：我告诉他，我愿意有一个许可证为了这个小孩．表示为了……；故选D．4．B 考查代词及语境的理解．A．it 它；B．one 一个；C．him 他；D．Her她．根据下文too可知作者的朋友也愿意．他说："我也愿意有一个为了我的孩子"故选B．5．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Took带去；B．helped 帮助；C．had 有；D．Wanted想要．根据When I got married（结婚）and went on my honeymoon，I（5）the dog with me．我结婚的时候（结婚）去度蜜月，我带我的狗一起去．根据动词短语take…to somewhere表示带某人去某地，故选A．6．C 考查名词及语境的理解．A．House房子；B．family 家庭；C．Room房间；D．Desk 桌子．根据前面 I told the hotel worker ：因为在酒店要的是房，我告诉酒店工作人员，我想要一个我和我妻子和一个小孩的房间．故选C．7．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A．study 学习；B．play 玩；C．Eat吃；D．Stay保持．根据He asks，" Why don't you and your kid（7）in a room？：你为什么不和你的孩子要一个房间呢？Stay with sb表示和某人呆在一起，故选D．8．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Like喜欢；B．take 花费；C．help 帮助；D．Want想要．根据：Little Kid is my dog．My wife doesn't（8）him：孩子就是我的小狗，我的妻子不…根据题意可知是妻子不喜欢．故选A．9．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Father父亲；B．mother 母亲；C．wife 妻子；D．Husband丈夫．根据上文I only want to have my Little Kid作者和妻子离婚只要孩子，所以法官说他是一个好的父亲．故选A．10．C 考查形容词及语境的理解．A．Lucky幸运的；B．brave 勇敢的；C．Favorite最喜欢的；D．Careful小心的．Little Kid is my（10）dog孩子是我…狗，不是我的儿子．根据题意可知作者最喜欢他的狗．故选C．3．How long can human beings live？Most scientists who study old age think that the human body is （1）A to live no longer than 120 years.However，110 years is probably the longest that anyone could hope to live —— if he or she is （2）D healthy and lucky.Some scientists even say we can live as long as 130 years!Yet，our cells simply cannot continue to reproduce （3）C.They wear out，and as a result，we get old and （4）A die.Even though we can’'t live forever，we are living a （5）life than ever before.In 1900，the average American life span was only 47 years，but today it is 75 years!When does old age begin then？Sixty﹣five may be out﹣of﹣date as the （6）D line between middle age and old age.After all，many older people don't begin to experience physical and mental （7）C until after age 75.People are living longer because more people （8）A childhood.Before modern medicine changed the laws of nature，many children died of common childhood（9）D.Now that thechances of dying （10） are much lower，the chances of living long are much higher due to better diets and health care.On the whole，our population is getting older.The（11）A in our population will have lasting effects on our social development and our way of life.Some people fear such changes will be for the worse，while some see （12），not disaster，many men and women in their “golden years” are healthy，still active，and young in （13）A if not in age.As the society grows old，we need the （14）C of our older citizens.With long lives ahead of them，they need to （15）D active and devoted.（1）A.designed B.selected C.improved D.discovered（2）pletely B.generally C.apparently D.extremely（3）A.rapidly B.harmlessly C.endlessly D.separately（4）A.eventually B.hopelessly C.automatically D.desperately（5）A.busier B.longer C.richer D.happier（6）A.finishing B.guiding C.waiting D.dividing（7）A.stress B.damage C.decline D.failure（8）A.survive B.enjoy C.remember D.value（9）A.problems B.fears C.worries D.diseases（10）A.poor B.young C.sick D.quiet（11）A.changes B.recovery C.safety D.increases（12）A.dreams B.chances C.strengths D.choices（13）A.mind B.appearance C.voice D.movement（14）A.protection B.suggestions C.contributions D.permission（15）A.sound B.appear C.turn D.stay【分析】本文是说明文。
[经典]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)
![[经典]初一英语完形填空专题练习含答案(50篇)](https://img.taocdn.com/s3/m/136075fa763231126fdb11a5.png)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Once upon a time，a hippo（河马）lived in a river next to a big tree.One day，a bird came and nested（筑巢）in the （1）.The songs of the bird filled the hippo with so much envy that he couldn't think of anything else.Every day he would think （2）C he wasn't born to be a bird though the bird told him many times he was so （3）A to be so big and such a good （4）A.Finally，the hippo （5） that he would come out of the river，climb the tree and start （6）D.However，when he tried to climb the tree，it was very （7） that the hippo didn't have wings，nor claws to climb with.Realizing that he would （8）C climb up the tree，he （9） hit the tree until it came crashing to the ground.Then he stepped onto the leaves of the （10）A tree，and began singing.Unluckily，hippos can't sing，either.All that came from his （11）C were terrible noises，and whom the other animals（12）D this，they all came around to make fun of the hippo.He was ashamed by this. He also felt bad about having knocked the tree over. He used all his strength to raise the tree back up again， and look after it （13）it completely recovered （康复）In our life，the （14）C of our effort is of great importance.If we work hard in the wrong direction，the result won't be the one we（15）A.（1）A.river B.tree C.mountain D.sky（2）A.when B.what C. why D. where（3）A.lucky B.sad C. shy D. unlucky（4）A.swimmer B.climber C. runner D.driver（5）A.hoped B.decided. C.thought D.explained（6）A.flying B.running C.swimming D.singing（7）A.different B.difficult C.clear D. easy（8）A.often B.always C.never D.sometimes（9）A.happily B.angrily C. excitedly D. peacefully（10）A.fallen C.excitedly C. broken D. risen（11）A.eyes B.nose C. mouth D. ears（12）A. saw B. smelled C. tasted D. heard（13）A. unless B.until C. if D.chance（14）A. degree B.time C. direction D.explore（15）A. expect B. express C. experience D. explore【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了有一头河马因为羡慕嫉妒岸边树上的鸟儿会歌唱，所以他从河里爬出来要爬到树上歌唱。
(完整版)初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)
一、 ABC RadioJim Green is an announcer(播音员）for the program.Most of the girls___1____ boys like the program.They ___2___like Jim Green. Some of them often make phone calls to him and thank him ___3___ his work.There are lots of ___4___ to him every day,too.Jim Green gets up at 6:00 every morning.He has bread and a glass of milk ___5___ breakfast. He leaveshome at 6:30 and ___6___ his office at 7:15.The program ___7____ at 7:30.He plays the new records (唱片） of the pop songs and modern music forhis listeners. At 8:00 it's time ____8____ the news.Jim finishes work at 10:30. He goes home ____9____ his car.He ___10___ newspaper and listens tomusic after supper.He thinks his life is very interesting.()1.A and B with C but D about()2.A too B to C also D so()3.A to B for C fo D and()4.A letter B letters C friends D words()5.A at B with C for D to()6.A goes B gets C gets to D gets up()7.A begins B finishes C over D start()8.A to B for C of D in()9.A by B in C on D takes()10.A looks B reads C sees D watches二、 You\'ll see a new _1_at a hospitai near London if you go there.He is very clever,_2_he neverspeaks.He can work 24 hours a day and never gets _3_.He is one metre tall and has a face_4_a TV screen.Heis Dr.Robot.Doctors often need to ask their patients a lot of questions._5_ doctors can only spend a few minutes withsuch patient.But Dr.Robot,a human doctor can_8_a lot of uesful information(信息 )when he meets his patient.How can Dr.Robot do this? A computer \"tell\" him what to do.Dr.Robot can do a lot of things people cando,though he can\'t completely_9_the place of _10_ doctors.()1.A.sick person B.nurse C.chemist D.doctor()2.A.so B.if C.but D.because()3.A.tired B.off C.up D.woounded()4.A.like B.on C.as D.in()5.A.Kind B.Busy C.Free D.Tall()te B.impossibleC.necessary D.interesting()7.A.With B.For C.Behind D.Under( )8.A.spend B.have C.send D.speak()9.A.bring B.give C.take D.lead()10.A.robot puter C.women D.human三、 Mike is an Englishman. He lives in a __1___ building in the __2___ London. There are eighteen floorsin the building and he lives on the fifteenth floor. He__3___ a lift (电梯 )to go up and down. He works very hard.He__4___ to work early. Every day he leaves his__5__and walks to the lift. He gets into the lift. It __6___himdown to the first floor. He gets out of the lift. Then he walks to __7___bus stop. The bus stop is in front of astation. It is about two hundred meters from ___8___home. Usually, he catches the number 11 bus to work,but sometimes he goes__9___. He works in a factory about ten__10___ from his home. His work starts at halfpast eight, and finishes at a quarter to five. He gets back home at half past5.（） 1. A. tall B. shot C. small D. large（） 2. A. country B. town C. city D. village（） 3.A. makes B. uses C. does D. mends（） 4. A. begins B. wants C. runs D. goes（） 5.A. home B. building C. office D. room（） 6. A. costs B. spends C. takes D. brings（） 7.A. an B.a C. the D. /（） 8. A.his B. he C. him D.himself（） 9.A.by plane B. by train C. on foot D. by air () 10. A.meters B. kilometers C. minutes D. hours四、 A Diary Great weather! It was _1__ and hot all day. We __2__ to a beautiful beach. We had great fun__3__ in the water. In the afternoon, we went __4__. On the way, I found a little boy __5__ in the corner. Hewas __6__. I helped __7__ find his father. That made me __8__ very happy. I didn’ t have __9__ money __10__ a taxi. So I walked back to the hotel.（） 1.A. wind B. cloud C. sunny（） 2. A. go B. got C. went（） 3. A. play B. played C. playing（） 4. A. shop B.shopping C.shopped（） 5. A. cries B. cried C. crying（） 6. A. lose B. lost C. crying（） 7. A. he B. his C. him（） 8. A. feel B. feeling C. felt（） 9. A. some B. any C.a few（） 10. A. with B. on C. for五、 Dear Dr Know,I ’ m not happy. I have too __1_ rules in my family. I have to __2___ at 6:00 every morning. I can’ t my friends after school __4__I have to __5__my dog for a walk. I can’ t watch TV on school nights. And I haveto __6_ in bed by ten o’ clock. _7__ weekends, I have to clean my room and wash my clothes. Then I have tohelp my mother __8__ dinner. Later I have to go to the Children’ s Palace __9__ the piano. I never have any fun. __10__ can I do?（） 1. A. many B. much C. a few（） 2. A. go to bed B. get up C.go home（） 3. A. watch B. look C. meet（） 4. A. so B. then C. because（） 5. A. bring B. take C. carry（）6. A. be B. is C. am（） 7. A. In B. On C. At（） 8. A. make B. making C. do（） 9. A. learn B. to learn C. learning（） 10. A. Why B. What C. How六、 On Christmas Eve a few days ago, an English couple, the Hardens, got a very special call. It was onlya 20- second call but it was very ____11____. The Hardens-year’15-old daughter has gone ___12____ sixmonths before. On Christmas Eve she rang them.“ I ’ m phoning to wish you a happy Christmas,” she said, love you. ”Ronals and Edwine Harden were so ______13_____ that they started a special telephone service（服务）called “ Alive and Well The”service.helps ______14______ to get in touch with children who have run awayfrom home.Young people can phone“ Alive and Well” and leave a message for their parents. The telephone areanswered by answering machines. So ______15_____ can speak to the child or make him return home.Parents of runaway children who are _______16_______ eighteen can ask the police to bring their childrenhome. So children do not want to tell their parents where they are. Through“ Alive and Well” they can tele their parents and they do not ______17______ about this or giving out their addresses.The Hardens and their helpers ______18______ the telephone messages and connect（联系） the addressesgiven. About 30,000 British teenagers have left home and many of them are probably in _______19_______.For only two pence （便士） they can go into a telephone coin box and call their parents. They can dial 5675339and ______20______ a parent worry: Is he dead or alive?11.A. interesting B.important C. difficult D. exciting 13.A. angry B. happy C. sad D. kind15.A. someone B. anyone C. everyone D. no one 17.A. think B. worry C. talk D. hear19.A. Pairs B. Tokyo C. London D. New York 12.A. away Bout C. back D. along14.A. teachers B. people C. parents D. friends 16.A. at B. above C. over D. under18.A. ask for B. listen to C. look up D. write down 20.A. stop B. make C. feel D. leaveUnit 1 Passage 1I am 1 girl. I am twelve. I am 2 school. 3 name is Zhang Hua. I am in 4 .I am 5 Row Five. Jim is 6 English boy. He is eleven. He and I 7 in the same class. He is my friend . We 8 good friends. 9 is my teacher, Miss Gao. 10 is a good teacher.()1.A. an B. the C. D. ×a()2.A. at B. in C. and D. or()3.A. I B. My C. He D. You()4.A. Graed One, Class One B. grade one, class one.C. Class One, Grade OneD. class one , grade one()5.A. at B. or C. in D. and()6.A. an B. a C. the D.×()7.A. is B. am C. be D. are()8.A. are B. am C. is D. be()9.A. What B. This C. He D. You()10.A.He B. I C. She D. YouPassage 2Today we have 1 new students in 2 school. 3 are Chinese. 4 names are Liu Mei and Liu Fang. 5 twins. They 6 the same. 7 in Class One, Grade One. 8 is Liu Mei? 9 is Liu Fang? Oh,they are over 10 .()1.A. one B. two C. three D. four()2.A. my B. your C. our D. we()3.A. they B. we C. They D. We()4.A.They B. My C. His D. Their()5.A. They ’re B. He’s C. We D. Their()6.A. see B. look C. is D. are()7.A. We B. Its C. They’re D. These()8.A. She B. That C. He D. Who()9.A.Who B. He C. She D. That()10.A. here B. at C. there D. inPassage 3Jim Green and I 1 twin brothers. We are 2 .Lucy King is 3 English girl . We’re same 4 . She is eleven. 5 are twelve. We’ re good friends and 6 . Our Chinese 7 is Miss She’ s a nice teacher. We all 8 her.()1.A. am B. is C. are D. be()2.A. America B. American C. America D. american()3.A. a B. an C. the D.×()4.A. class B. classes C. Class D. Classes()5.A. I B. He C. They D. We()6.A. classmate B. a classmate C. classmates D. a classmates()7.A. teacher B. student C. teachers D. students()8.A. are B. love C. put D. seePassage 4I am 1 English boy. My 2 is Mike. I am twelve. My 3 name is Aun and we 4 students.My mother 5 a teacher. 6 a Chinese teacher. My brother ’s name is 7 . He ’s f here. He ’s 9 Xinjiang. I think my 10 is a good one.()1.A. a B. an C. the()2.A. school B. name C. home()3.A. sister B. sister s C. sisters’()4.A. are B. am C. is()5.A. am B. is C. are()6.A. Her B. Hers C. She’s()7.A. Sue B. Lily C. Jim()8.A. Our B. We C. Ours()9.A. on B. in C. at()10.A. class B. family C. homeUnit 2 Passage 1This girl 1 twelve. 2 name is Kate. That boy 3 thirteen. 4 name is Tom. 5 teacher 6 a woman. 7 name is Wang Fen. 8 is a good teacher. Kate and Tom are good 9 . 10 are also good students.()1.A. be B. am C. is D. are()2.A. My B. Your C. His D. Her()3.A. be B. am C. is D. are()4.A. His B. Your C. My D. Her()5.A. They ’s B. They’re C. They D. Their()6.A. am B. is C. are D. be()7.A. His B. Her C. She’s D. He’s()8.A. She ’s HeB.’s C. She D. He()9.A.friend ’s B. friends C. friend D. friends’()10.A.They B. They ’re C. their D. themPassage 2Li li, look 1 the picture. It’s 2 picture of our classroom. In the picture, you can see so desks 3 chairs. 4 the blackboard, you can see two black and white cats. A map is 5 the door.It ’ s a map 6 Beijing. Under the 7 desk is a ball, but you can’ t see it. The girl good friend Kate. She is a new student. She is 8 English girl. She looks 9 Lucy . But theyaren ’ t 10 .()1.A. in B. at C. to D. on()2.A.a B. an C. the D./()3.A.or B. but C. and D. there()4.A. In B. Of C. At D. On()5.A.at B. in C. under D. behind()6.A. of B. on C. in D. for()7.A. teacher B. teacher’s C. teachers’ D. of teacher()8.A. / B. the C. an D. a()9.A.at B. after C. like D. the same()10.A. boys B. girls C. twins D. studentsPassage 3Jim and Tom are 1 .They look 2 same. They are 3 . They ve’.reTheytwelare in No. 14 Middle 4 . They’ re in the same 5 .But they 6 in the same room. Jim is in 7 301 and Tom is in Room 302 . 8 classmates all look 9 them. Now they are good 10 .()1.A. twin sister B. twins sisters C. twin brothers D. twins brothers()2.A. a B. an C. the D.×()3.A. new B. new student C. a new student D. a new()4.A. school B. School C. schools D. Schools()5.A. class B. Class C. classes D. Classes()6.A. is B. isn’t C. are D. aren’t()7.A. room B. Room C. rooms D. Rooms()8.A. He B. His C. They D. Their()9.A. at B. like C. after D. to()10.A. friend B. friends C. student D. studentsPassage 4I 1 a picture . It ’s a picture 2 a school. 3 the picture yousee canschool and some trees.You can see some boys and girls. They are 4 the trees. The school is a middle school . Look 5 these two boys. 6 they good friends 7 brothers? 8 is their teacher? Oh, sorry, I 9 10 .( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ()1.A. is B. am C. are D. have)2.A. to B. or C. of D. and)3.A. In B. To C. On D. At)4.A. in B. on C. under D. behind)5.A. at B. of C. to D. like)6.A. Am B. Is C. Are D. Be)7.A. but B. of C. or D. and)8.A. How B. Who C. What D. Which)9.A. isn’t B. don’t C. am not D. aren’t一、 1 A 在一定句中表示并列 2 C also 是 "也 " 的意思 ,A 是太的意思3B thank sb. for sth.为了什么感谢某人 4 B每日他都有好多的来信5 C 作为他的早餐6C 抵达 A是走 B是获得 D是起床7A 开始 D 的时态不对，应当是第三人称单数8 B 该是新闻时间了， A 是 time to do sth. 9B in one's car ,A 是 B by car 10 B 看报纸是 read newspaper二、 DCAAB CABCD四、 1-5CCCBC 6-10BCABC五、 1-5ABCBB 6-10ABBBB六、 11. B 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. A答案与提示Unit 1Passage 11.D2.A3.B 4 C 5.C 6.A 7.D8.A 9. B 10. C答案与提示：Passage 21.B2.C3.C4.D5.A6.B7.C8.D9.A10.C 答案与提示： Passage 31.C2.B3.B4.A5.D6.C7.A答案与提示： Passage 41.B2.B3.B4.A5.B6.C7.C8.A9. B 10.B Unit 2答案与提示：Passage11.答案与提示：Passage21.答案与提示：Passage31. 4.B5.A6.10.B答案与提示：Passage41.10.C。
初一英语完形填空训练题及答案
初一英语完形填空训练题及答案完形填空是初一英语考试的必考题型，想要得到高分需要平时的积累练习，掌握一定的解题技巧。
下面店铺为大家带来初一英语完形填空训练题及答案，欢迎大家阅读练习。
初一英语完形填空训练题(一)When you were young, who rode you around on the back of his bike? Who played foot ball and flew kites with you in the park? Who helped you16 your first difficult maths problem? Who taught you the difference between17?Your dad. Now it is your turn to do something for him. This Sunday. June 18 is18Day. So why not do something19to thank your dad?The idea of Father’s Day came from a(n)20lady called Sonora Smart Dodd in 1909. She wanted a special day to honour(纪念)her father. He raised(抚养)six children by himself21his wife died during the birth of their22child. Dodd thought there needed to be a day to honour great and loving dads. Her father was born23, so she chose to hold the first Father’s Day celebration on his birthday in 1910. In 1924, US president Calvin Coolidge24the idea of a national Father’s Day. Finally, in 1966, the third Sun day in June was nade Father’s Day. There are many ways25your love and thanks.Send26 a greeting card. Usually fathers prefer cards that are not too emotional(易动感情的). So perhaps choose one that will make him27.A small present, such as a photo of your family,28make him feel like a king.Send him29: the red rose is the offical Father’s Day flower.If he has a30. cover his desktop with words like “I love you,Dad.”16. A.with B.to C.for D.by17. A.old and young B.big and small C.right and wrongD.long and short18. A.Mother’s B.Father’s C.Children’s D.Wornen’s19. A.easy B.special C.strange D.hard20. A.British B.Japanese C.Chinese D.American21. A.when B.until C.after D.before22. A.thied B.fourth C.fifth D.sixth23. A.liked B.on May 19 C.on June 19 D.in July24. A. liked B.disliked C.needed D.wanted25. A.to take B.to bring C.to show D.to say26. A.her B.you C.me D.him27. A.cry B.jump C.shout ugh28. A.should B.can C.must D.need29. A.flowers B.books C.must D.shoes30. A.watch puter C.car D.bike初一英语完形填空训练题答案16-20. A C B B D 21-25. C D C A C 26-30. D D B A B初一英语完形填空训练题(二)When we were having an English test this morning, I felt somebody was watching me a little too closely. I turned my 36 quickly and saw Jack, who sat right behind me. My eyes caught 37 and he said very quietly,“I hope you studied for this38 !”“What am I going to do?”I thought to myself. I 39 cheating(作弊)in exams. Besides, I’d studied 40 for the test. Clearly Jack hadn’t. During the exam, I tried several ways to guard my answers so t hat Jack wouldn’t be able to see them. When the exam 41 , I felt I should let him know cheating was 42 . And I didn’t want to destroy(破坏)our friendship. My mind 43the right words.“Sorry, Jack, 44 you know how I feel about cheating.” I said slowly and gen tly. “Maybe I could help you 45 before the next test.” “Ok, Bob,” he smiled weakly, “It might not be easy, but I’ll have a try.”36.A.head B.hand C.crasser D.pencil37.A.hers B.his C.ours D.yours38.A.exam B.job C.book D.chance39.A.suggest B.like C.hate D.finish40.A.slow B.slowly C.hard D.hardly41.A.ended B.began C.went on D.took place42.A.good B.wrong C.easy D.difficult43.A.agreed with B.searched for C.took up D.looked at44.A.and B.move C.so D.but45.A.drive B.move C.count D.study初一英语完形填空训练题答案36-40. ABACC 41-45. ABBDD。
初一英语完形填空练习题及答案
初一英语完形填空练习题及答案完形填空是英语考试的必考题型。
以下店铺为大家精心准备了：初一英语完形填空练习题及答案，希望可以帮助到大家!初一英语完形填空练习题及答案一While I was waiting to enter university, I saw in a newspapera teaching job wanted at a school about ten miles from where I1 . Being very short of money and wanting to2 something usefulI applied (申请). Fearing as I did so, that without a degree and with no 3 of teaching my chances of getting the job were 4 .However, three days later, a letter 5 , calling me to Croydon for a 6 with the headmaster. It proved to be a 7 journey: a train to Croydon station, a ten-minute bus ride and then a walk of at 8 a quarter of a mile. As a result I arrived there, feeling 9 hot to be nervous. It was clearly the 10 himself that opened the door. He was 11 and round."The school," he said," is made up of one 12 of twenty-four boys between seven and thirteen. "I should have to 13 all the subjects except art, which he taught himself. I should have to 14 the class into three groups and teach them in tm at three different 15 , and I was disappointed at the thought of teaching maths-a 16 at which I wasn't very good at school. Worse perhaps was the idea of 17 to teach them on Saturday afternoon because most of my friends would be 18 themselves at that time.Before I had time to ask about my salary (薪水), he got up to his 19 . "Now, "he said, "you'd better meet my wife. She is the one who really 20 this school."1. A. lived B. played C. studied D. worked2. A. buy B. do C. teach D. write3. A. hooks B. experience C. material D. means4. A. great B. helpful C. nice D. dight5. A. arrived B. received C. returned D. written6. A. match B. meeting C. quarrel D. sight-seeing7. A. comfortable B. difficult C. pleasant D. short8. A. first B. last C. least D. most9. A. almost B. so C. too D. very10. A. headmaster B. student C. teacher D. wife11. A. bad B. glad C. short D. smiling12. A. class B. dozen C. group D. score13. A. like B. practise C. study D. teach14. A. connect B. divide C. join D. tear15. A. classes B. levels C. places D. subjects16. A. book B. lesson C. problem D. subject17. A. forcing B. forgetting C. having D. managing18. A. enjoying B. helping C. studying D. watching19. A. feet B. hands C. letter D. wife20. A. likes B. lives in C. runs D. startsKeys: 1.A 2.B 3.B 4.D 5.A6.B7.B8.C9. C 10. A11. C 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. B16. D 17. C 18. A 19. A 20. C初一英语完形填空练习题及答案二I am sitting in an empty football field after my last high school football game that finished a few hours ago. I'm the mid-field player on my team. But in fact that's not 1 now. I was the mid-field player because, as I said, this was my 2 game. That's a good way to end a high school football career (生涯), especially if you win, but even though you don't, it's 3 to leave at a high point.I was eight when I first started playing football. My dad 4football, and he used to practise with me at home - passing, catching, running. We used to practise almost every evening 5 it got too dark. He tried to teach me everything he knew about the 6 . "Just remember: don't ever 7 ." "Stay in the game. Don't lose your concentration (专注)." "Go out there and give 110 percent every time." Well, that was a long time ago, but I still hear his words 8 in my ears.I had a lot on my mind 9 the game today. I don't like things to end, I guess, and this was the last game. I was talking to myself and warning myself about what to do and not to do. I didn't sleep at all 10 , and when the sun came up this morning, I reached the point where 11 just wanted it all to be over, finished, done. But then when the game started, my mind became 12 . I just lived in this game, this moment. I didn't hear the crowd, I didn't feel the cold or the pain, I never felt tired. I just kept my eyes on the 13 , and it was just me and the ball and, inside, a soft, white light 14 me the way to the goal. It was a beautiful, empty feeling.It's all over now, and it's really getting cold here. It's starting to snow. The sun's almost gone, and I can 15 see the goal. Now it's dark and I'm sitting here all alone. Well, I guess it's time to say good-bye and move on.(1) A. true B. wrong C. strange D. clear(2) A. first B. last C. worst D. favourite(3) A. good B. bad C. lucky D. painful(4) A. needed B. hated C. missed D. loved(5) A. until B. when C. unless D. although(6) A. football B. game C. goal D. score(7) A. grow up B. catch up C. give up D. hurry up(8) A. ringing B. saying C. falling D. coming(9) A. from B. before C. through D. after(10) A. tonight B. yesterday C. today D. last night(11) A. we B. they C. I D. he(12) A. empty B. full C. rough D. awake(13) A. way B. field C. ball D. match(14) A. sending B. teaching C. pointing D. showing(15) A. already B. hardly C. never D. clearly答案：(1-5) ABADA (6-10) BCABD (11-15) CACDB初一英语完形填空练习题及答案三Jack lost(丢失)his Job last week. It was difficult for him to find another 1 . 2 told him that it was possible to get a new one in a town two hundred kilometers 3 .He decided to get there 4 .So he went to the railway station and got 5 a train. He was the only one in the car(车厢). The train started. Suddenly a man came in 6 a gun and said to him,"Your money 7 your life!"Jack sat there without 8 up."I 9 any money,"Jack answered."Then why are you so afraid of me?"the man asked angrily."Because I 10 you were the conductor, and I didn't buy a ticket,"answered Jack.1、A.work B.jobs C.ones D.one2、A.Nobody B.Somebody C.Anybody D.No one3、A.from B.farther C.away D.off4、A.by bikeB.on foot C.by train D.by bus5、A.off B.on C.up D.to6、A.with B.has C.have D.there was7、A.but B.and C.so D.or8、A.stands B.standing C.stood D.stand9、A.don't have B.have no C.didn't have D.had10、A.know B.didn't know C.think D.thought答案:1.D2.B3.C4.C5.B6.A7.D8.B9.A 10.A初一英语完形填空练习题及答案四Once there was a boy in Toronto. His name was Jimmy. He started drawing when he was three years old, and when he was five he was already very ___1___ at it. He drew many beautiful interesting pictures, and many people ___2___ his pictures. They thought this boy was going to be ___3___ when he was a little older, and then they were going to ___4___ these pictures for a lot of money.Jimmy's pictures were quite different from other ___5___ because he never drew on all of the paper. He drew on ___6___ of it, and the other half was always ___7___."That's very clever," everybody said. "___8___ other people have ever done that before."One day somebody asked him, "Please tell me, Jimmy. Why do you draw on the bottom (底部) half of your pictures, ___9___ not on the top half?""Because I'm small," Jimmy said, "and my brushes (毛笔) can't ___10___ very high."1. A.poor B.sad C.glad D.good2. A.bought B.brought C.sold D.took3. A.different B.cleverC.famous D.rich4. A.buy B.show C.leave D.sell5. A.men's B.people's C.boy's D.child's6. A.half B.part C.side D.end7. A.full B.empty C.wrong D.ready8. A.No B.Some C.Any D.Many9. A.then B.and C.but D.or10. A.change B.turn C.pull D.reach答案：1.D 2.A 3.C 4.D 5.B 6.A 7.B 8.A 9.C 10.D初一英语完形填空练习题及答案完形填空是英语考试的必考题型。
[精编]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)
![[精编]初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)](https://img.taocdn.com/s3/m/11e6439a7e21af45b207a891.png)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．I received a letter recently from a grandmother．She told me about her four﹣year﹣old granddaughter Skylar．When Skylar learned （1）D Disneyland from TV，she began to save（存储） her pocket money in a piggy bank．She hoped to visit it someday．Her parents took her there when she was four years old，and didn't use her savings at all!When Skylar （2）from Disneyland，it was Christmas time．She decided to buy presents with her savings．But she also learned on TV about a local homeless centre called "The Road House"．She （3）C her mother again and again （4） homeless meant and why those children needed toys and warm clothes．She couldn't seem to get the homeless （5）her mind（头脑）．Her mother took her to the shop to buy presents．She didn't buy any presents for （6）A or her family，however，she bought a girl's （7）C coat and a pair of socks for the centre．She was so （8）D waiting for Christmas!She was thinking about going to the centre and （9）D her carefully picked gifts to a homeless child．On Christmas Eve，she and her family drove to the centre．Skylar gave her Christmas box to a thankful child．She was so filled with （10）A at truly helping someone else，that her family decided to go to the homeless centre every year．（1）A．from B．at C．in D．of（2）A．came in B．came back C．came on D．came up（3）A．told B．showed C．asked D．taught（4）A．how B．what C．why D．when（5）A．on B．off C．up D．down（6）A．herself B．himself C．myself D．itself（7）A．big B．old C．warm D．soft（8）A．tired B．surprised C．worried D．excited（9）A．bringing B．showing C．lending D．giving（10）A．happiness B．sadness C．love D．hope【分析】文章讲述了一个故事，告诉我们一个道理：有善良的心灵很重要，但是有"心"更能使人美丽．我们不光要有想法，还要有把想法付诸行动的"心"．【解答】1．D 介词辨析．A从…；B在…C在…里；D…的根据题干，When Skylar learned （1）Disneyland from TV，she began to save（存储）her pocket money in a piggy bank．learn of了解到；自从Skylar在电视上了解到迪斯尼以后，就攒钱准备期去那里．故选择D．2．B 动词辨析．A进来；B回来；C加油；D上来，发生；花费；根据上文去迪斯尼乐园，可知这里When Skylar （2）from Disneyland．应该是迪斯尼乐园回来，故选择B．3．C 动词辨析．A告诉；B展示；C问；D教；根据后面why those children needed toys and warm clothes这些孩子为什么需要玩具和温暖的衣服，应该是一遍一遍问妈妈，故选择C．4．B 疑问代词辨析．A怎样；B什么；C为什么；D何时；根据后面homeless meant 应该是无家可归是什么意思，故选择B．5．B 介词辨析．A在…上；B离开，落下；C上方；D下方；根据 She couldn't seem to get the homeless （5）her mind她的脑海里好像摆脱不了那些无家可归的人，get one's mind off 不想；转移注意力，故选择B．6．A 代词辨析．A她自己；B他自己；C我自己；D它自己，根据She didn't buy any presents for （6）or her family．她没有为她家人和，应该是她自己买礼物，故选择A．7．C 形容词辨析．A大的；B旧的；C暖和的；D柔软的；根据后面coat 应该是暖和的外套，故选择C．8．D 形容词辨析．A累的；B惊奇的；C担心的；D兴奋的；根据上文这里，waiting for Christmas应该是很兴奋地等圣诞节的到来，故选择D．9．A 动词辨析．A带来；B展示；C借；D给；根据后面her carefully picked gifts to a homeless child．应该是给无家可归的孩子她认真挑选的礼物，故选择A．10．A 名词辨析．A幸福；B伤心；C爱；D希望；根据She was so filled with （10）at truly helping someone else后面说在真正帮助了某人，应该是充满了幸福，故选择A．2．If you are asked to recite （吟诵）lines of poetry that have the Chinese character "hua" which means "flower"．How many lines could you recite？He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl，had to take on this（1）D on a TV show held by Shandong TV．He Liran，a student from the Harvin No．163 Middle School（2）Heilongjiang Province，competed with over 100 other students．The competitors（3）C to recite lines of poetry that had the word "hua"，with He Liran replying to each one．In the end，He Liran（4），reciting more than 60 out of the 127 lines in the competition．Her love of reading helped her win．Her father started reading to her （5）A she was just 4 years old．（6）D has been a bookworm （书虫） ever since．She is especially（7）in ancient poetry．"The beautiful lines they feature refresh my thought and inspire （启发）me a lot．For example，I love Su Shi's（8）C．His optimism （乐观） influences me a lot，" she said．Though she is busy with her schoolwork，she（9）A some time studying at least one poem each day．She thinks ancient poetry is still（10）C，even in modern times．Poems can be part of our daily life．（1）A．risk B．truth C．way D．challenge（2）A．on B．in C．at D．with（3）A．took down B．took place C．took turns D．took away（4）A．failed B．won C．cried D．left（5）A．when B．because C．if D．unless（6）A．I B．You C．He D．She（7）A．bored B．interested C．excited D．worried（8）A．paintings B．novels C．poems D．presents（9）A．spends B．takes C．pays D．costs（10）A．easy B．useless C．important D．boring【分析】这篇文章讲述了一个叫何丽然的女孩喜欢古诗，并在诗词大会上获胜的事．【解答】（1）D．名词辨析．risk危险；truth事实；way方法；challenge挑战．根据had to take on this﹣on a TV show 可知参加电视节目挑战．故选：D．（2）B．介词辨析．on在上面；in在里面；at在；with带有．根据Harvin No．163 Middle School﹣Heilongjiang Province．可知哈尔滨163中学在黑龙江省内．故选：B．（3）C．动词短语辨析．took down拒绝；took place发生；took turns轮流；took away带走．根据The competitors﹣ to recite lines of poetry．可知参赛者轮流背诵诗歌．故选：C．（4）B．动词辨析．failed失败；won获胜；cried哭；left离开．根据下文Her love of reading helped her win．可知何丽然获胜．故选：B．（5）A．从属连词辨析．when当…的时候；because因为；if如果；unless除非．根据Her father started reading to her ﹣she was just 4 years old．可知当她4岁的时候，她的父亲给他读诗．可知这是when引导的时间状语从句．故选：A．（6）D．代词辨析．I我；You你；He他；She她．根据He Liran，a 13﹣year﹣old girl．可知何丽然是一个女孩，用she指代．故选：D．（7）B．形容词辨析．bored厌烦的；interested有趣的；excited兴奋的；worried担心的．根据She is especially﹣in ancient poetry．可知她对古诗感兴趣．be interested in对某事感兴趣．故选：B．（8）C．名词辨析．paintings油画；novels小说；poems诗歌；presents礼物．根据I love Su Shi's﹣可知我喜欢苏轼的诗．故选：C．（9）A．动词辨析．spends花费；takes花费时间；pays支付；costs花费．根据she﹣some time studying at least one poem each day．她每天花一些时间至少学习一首诗歌．spend time doing something花时间做某事．故选：A．（10）C．形容词辨析．easy容易的；useless无用的；important重要的；boring令人厌烦的．根据下句Poems can be part of our daily life．可知她认为诗歌是重要的．故选：C．3．I was cute，active，happy…until that day when I was fifteen months old．When I（1）C on a glass rabbit，I had a bad fall．The glass rabbit cut my eye （2）A badly that my eye was blind．The doctor said that if the eye was taken out，my face would become out of （3），so my scarred（有疤痕的），blind and grey eye lived on with me．People often asked uncomfortable questions about my eye or （4）A play jokes on me．When the kids played games，I was always the "（5）D guy"．I grew up imagining that everyone looked down on me．However，every time Mum noticed I was unhappy，she would say to me， "Hold your head up high and face the world． "It（6）A me to move on in life．As a child，I thought Mum meant，"Be careful，or you will fall down or knock into something （7）D you're not looking．" As a teenager，I always（8）C to hide my shame（自卑），but I found that people liked me when sometimes I held my head up high．In high school I（9） to be monitor，but inside I still felt like a freak（怪物）．All I wanted was to look like everyone else．When things got（10）A bad，I would cry to my mum and she would look at me （11）D loving eyes and say， "Hold your head up high and face the world．Let me see the （12）A that is inside．" That is how Mum told me pride． Mum's love and encouragement gave me the confidence to remove my own doubt．（13）C I was able to look people in the eye．I learned （14）A to appreciate（欣赏） myself but also to have deep love for others． "Hold （15） head up high" has been heard many times in my home．Each of my children has felt its power．The gift Mum gave me lives on in my children．（1）A．tried B．got C．landed D．knocked（2）A．so B．such C．too D．very（3）A．control B．shape C．order D．place（4）A．even B．still C．anyway D．indeed（5）A．good B．helpful C．pretty D．bad（6）A．helped B．touched C．stopped D．allowed（7）A．though B．so that C．whenever D．because（8）A．lie down B．hang down C．look down D．cut down（9）A．chose B．was chosen C．considered D．was considered（10）A．really B．mainly C．specially D．highly（11）A．in B．to C．for D．with（12）A．beauty B．heart C．mind D．love（13）A．At first B．At most C．At last D．At least（14）A．not only B．neither C．both D．either（15）A．our B．your C．his D．their【分析】这是一篇记叙文，主要描述了作者小时候因为意外失去了眼睛，所以有时抬不起头视人，后来在他妈妈的鼓励下，终于找回了自信．妈妈经常鼓励他说"抬起你的头来"，作者一直都感受着这句话的力量，这是他妈妈给他的宝贵财富，也是他留给他孩子的珍贵礼物．【解答】1．C．考查动词．A尝试．B得到．C跌落．D敲．句意"当我___在一个玻璃兔子上面时"．根据下一句I had a bad fall我摔了一跤．可知，应该是"跌落"．选C．2．A．考查副词．A如此．B如此（修饰名词）．C也、太．D非常．句意"璃兔把我的眼睛剪得___厉害，以至于我的眼睛都瞎了．"．so..that如此…以至于．中间用副词badly．选A．4．A．考查副词．A甚至．B仍然．C无论如何．D的确．句意"人们经常问我的眼睛不舒服的问题，___对我开玩笑．"．可知，应该是"甚至"．选A．5．D．考查形容词．A好的．B有用的．C漂亮的．D坏的．句意"当孩子们玩游戏时，我总是‘___人'"．根据上一句play jokes on me对我开玩笑．可知，应该是"坏"人．选D．6．A．考查动词．A帮助．B触摸．C停止．D允许．句意"它___我在生活中继续前行"．根据上一句However，every time Mum noticed I was unhappy，she would say to me，"Hold your head up high and face the world． "然而，每当妈妈注意到我不高兴时，她会对我说："昂起你的头，面对这个世界．"．可知，应该是"帮助"．选A．7．D．考查连词．A虽然．B以便．C无论什么时候．D因为．句意"小心，否则你会摔倒或撞到什么东西，__你看不到．"．可知，应该是"因为"．选D．8．C．考查搭配．A休息；接受；忍受．B垂；挂下来．C俯视，跌价．D减少；裁短；把…砍倒．句意"十几岁的时候，我总是__来掩饰自己的自卑．"．可知，应该是"俯视"，即低头，选C．9．B．考查被动语态．A选择．B被选择．C考虑．D被考虑．句意"高中时，我__为班长，但在内心深处，我还是觉得自己是个怪胎．"．可知，应该是"被选"为班长．选B．10．A．考查副词．A真、实在．B主要地．C特别地．D高地．句意"当事情变得__很糟的时候，我会对妈妈哭"．可知，应该是"实在"很糟时．选A．11．D．考查介词．A在…里．B到…D为了…D和、用…句意"我会向妈妈哭诉，她会__慈爱的眼神看着我说"．可知，表示伴随，用with用．选D．12．A．考查名词．A美丽．B心．C头脑．D爱．句意"让我看到里面的__"．根据上一句Hold your head up high and face the world昂起你的头面对世界．可知，身体的残缺没关系，内在美才是最美．应该是"美丽"．选A．13．C．考查搭配．A首先．B最多．C终于．D至少．句意"___，我可以抬头挺胸正视其他人"．根据上一句 Mum's love and encouragement gave me the confidence to remove my own doubt妈妈对我的爱和鼓励给予了我自信，让我不再怀疑自己．可知，应该是"终于"．选C．14．A．考查搭配．句意"我__学会了欣赏自己，还学会了如何付出自己的爱心"．可知，not only…but also…"不但…而且…"．固定搭配．选A．15．B．考查代词．A我们的．B你的．C他的．D他们的．句意"抬起__头来"．根据11空后一句Hold your head up high and face the world昂起你的头面对世界．可知，是"你的"．选B．4．Thanksgiving Day was near．The Grade 7 teacher asked her students to （16）C a picture of something for which they were thankful．People celebrated the （17）A with turkey and other traditional goods of the season．So，（18）D of her students' pictures were about them．However，Jack made a（19） kind of picture．Jack was not the same as other boys．He always looked sad．When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was （20）A，he drew a hand．Other students were all very（21）in the picture．Whose hand could it be？One child guessed it was the hand of a farmer，because farmers feed （22）D．Another suggested a police officer，because the police （23）and care for people．Still （24）A guessed it was the hand of God，for God feeds us．And so the （25）C went on until the teacher almost forgot the young artist himself．When the children had gone on to other subjects，she stopped at Jack's desk and asked him （26）D it was．The little boy looked up and said in a（27）D voice，"It's yours，teacher．"She remembered the times she had taken his hand and（28）A with him here or there，as she had with the other students．She often said，"（29）C my hand，Jack．We'll go outside．"Or，"Let me show you how to use your pencil．"Jack was most thankful for his （30）C hand．16．A．print B．find C．draw D．take17．A．festival B．week C．night D．Sunday18．A．little B．none C．few D．most19．A．nice B．different C．same D．best20．A．thankful B．pleased C．sorry D．afraid21．A．sad B．interested C．careful D．angry22．A．chickens B．dogs C．cats D．turkeys23．A．hurt B．protect C．harm D．smile24．A．another B．other C．others D．the other25．A．tile B．speech C．discussion D．talk26．A．what B．where C．which D．whose27．A．high B．low C．hard D．beautiful28．A．walked B．said C．sang D．taught29．A．Touch B．Look C．Take D．Push30．A．mother's B．classmate's C．teacher's D．friend's．【分析】本篇文章主要讲述了感恩节即将来临，老师要求她的学生画他们所给恩的对象的图片．大部分的学生画了有关火鸡和传统的季节食物的图片，而Jack却画了一只手，由此而展开的讨论．【解答】16 C根据下文When asked to draw a picture of something，he drew a hand推测选C．同时考查ask sb．to do sth．这个短语的用法．A打印；B发现；D拿走17 A根据上文Thanksgiving Day was near及下文with turkey and other traditional goods，得知人们庆祝感恩节这个节日．B星期；C晚上；D周日18 D根据下文Jack was not the same as other boys推测只有Jack画了一只手而没有画有关火鸡等的图片，因此大部分学生都画了老师要求的，故答案为D．A少的；B没有一个；C少的，没有几个的；D大部分的19 B道理同18题．be different相当于be not the same不同的．A漂亮的；C相同的；D最好的20 A 根据上文a picture of something for which they were thankful得知答案为A感恩的．B满意的；C对不起；D害怕的21 B 根据文章意思大部分人都画了有关火鸡的图片，而Jack却画了一只手，及下文Whose hand could it be推测学生对这幅图片很感兴趣be interested in，故答案为B．A悲伤的；C小心的；D生气的22 D 根据前文庆祝感恩节，人们多用火鸡等来庆祝，很多学生画了这样的图片，由此联想到火鸡是有农民喂养的，故答案为D．A小鸡；B狗；C猫23 B 根据前文警官及后文 care for people关心人民，and表并列，推测警察是保护人民的，故答案为B保护．A伤害；C损害；D微笑24 A 根据前文one和another的叙述，这里填another，表示三者或三者以上，故答案为A．B另外的；C 另外的人或物；D两个当中的另一个25 C 根据前文几个同学的猜想，因此讨论在继续，故答案为C讨论．go on 继续．A标题；B演讲；D谈话26 D 根据前文几个同学的讨论，这只手到底是谁的，因此老师走到Jack旁边问是谁的，故答案为D．A什么；B哪里；C哪一个27 D 根据后面Jack对他的老师的手很感激．推测他回答老师的提问时用一种甜美的美妙的声音，故答案为D．A高的；B低的；C困难的28 A 根据意思和固定短语walk here and there走来走去的表达，故答案为A．B说；C唱；D教29 C 根据后文Jack．We'll go outside．"Or，"Let me show you how to use your pencil推测用的是手，故答案为take拿走，答案为C．A触摸；B看；D推30 C 根据前文It's yours，teacher．"推测答案为C，即老师的手．A妈妈的；B同学的；D朋友的5．（1）A a small farm in Mexico，there are （2）D schools．A bus is the school．The driver of the bus is the teacher．It's a school bus，but it doesn't take the children （3）D school．It just goes round from place to place，and sometimes it comes to this farm．The bus will stay here （4） three months．The farmers （5）A it a school on wheels （车轮）．Every time when the bus comes，the farmers will come，running to （6）C，shouting and laughing．They warmly welcome the school bus．When the bus is on the farm，in the （7）A，the teacher teaches the small children．In the afternoon，the（8） children come to have their lessons because they （9）C work in the morning．At night，the fathers and mothers come to school．They want （10），too．How the farmers hope that some day they can have a real school on their farm!（1）A．On B．Across C．At D．Over（2）A．a few B．some C．many D．no（3）A．go to B．from C． /D．to（4）A．in B．for C．after D．during（5）A．call B．calls C．make D．makes（6）A．her B．him C．it D．them（7）A．morning B．noon C．afternoon D．evening（8）A．big B．bigger C．small D．smaller（9）A．can B．may C．must D．should（10）A．learn B．to learn C．learned D．learning【分析】本文章主要讲述了在墨西哥的一个小农场里，没有学校．公共汽车是学校．公共汽车的司机是老师．这是校车，但不带孩子上学．它只是从一个地方到另一个地方，农民们多么希望有一天他们的农场能有一所真正的学校！【解答】（1）A 考查介词．A．On在上面 B．Across对面 C．At在…D．Over超过，根据a small farm，可知在农场上用介词on，故选A．（2）D 考查副词．A．a few一些 B．some一些 C．many很多 D．no没有，根据A bus is the school．公交车就是学校，说明没有学校，故选D．（3）D 考查介词．A．go to去B．from来自C．/ D．to到…，根据take the children…school，是只把学生带到学校．take sb to…把某人带到…故选D．（4）B 考查介词．A．in在里面 B．for为了 C．after在…之后 D．during在…期间，根据The bus will stay here…three months，是指公交车在那停留三个月．for接时间段．故选B．（5）A 考查动词．A．call称呼 B．calls称呼，第三人称单数形式 C．make制造 D．makes 制造，第三人称单数形式，根据The farmers…，it a school on wheels （车轮）．是指农民称呼它为车轮，故选A．（6）C 考查代词．A．her她 B．him她 C．it它 D．them他们，根据the bus comes，可知此处是指人们跑向公交车，用it代替，故选C．（7）A 考查名词．A．morning早晨 B．noon中午 C．afternoon下午 D．evening晚上，根据后文的because they （9）C work in the morning，可知此处说的是早晨．故选A．（8）B 考查形容词．A．big大B．bigger更大C．small小D．smaller更小，根据the…children come to have their lessons，结合语境，可知此处是指较大的孩子来上课，故选B．（9）C 考查情态动词．A．can可以B．may可能C．must必须D．should应该，根据In the afternoon，the…children come to have their lessons because they…work in the morning．可知此处是指：下午，较大的孩子来上课，因为早上他们要干活，故选C．（10）B 考查动词．A．learn学习，动词原形B．to learn不定式C．learned过去式D．learning动名词，根据want，可知want to do sth想做某事，故选B．6．Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father died．His mother found it difficult to provide for the（1）of a large family，but still everything was left in her care．By good （2）A，however，she tried to do well and also to send Henry，the oldest，to school，and to buy him the books as he needed．At one time，however．Henry（3） a grammar book in order to join a class in that study，but his mother could not help him （4）C the money to buy it．He was very worried about it，and went to bed with a （5）A heart，thinking what could be done．As soon as he woke in the morning，he found that a deep snow had fallen，and the cold wind was blowing strongly．He （6）D，ran to the house of a neighbor，and offered his（7）to clear their path around his house．The （8）C was accepted．When he had （9）A completed this work，and received his（10）D，he went to another place for the same （11），and then to another，（12）C he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．When school began，Henry was in his （13）C，the happiest boy there，ready to begin the（14）D in his new book．From that time on，Henry was always the（15）A in all his classes．Because he had the will，he always found the way．（1）A．suppose B．support C．suggest D．survive（2）A．management B．imagination C．competition D．conversation （3）A．bought B．wanted C．read D．went over（4）A．for B．as C．with D．like（5）A．heavy B．strong C．kind D．light（6）A．shouted B．climbed C．lay D．rose（7）A．orders B．services C．tools D．wishes（8）A．exercise B．invitation C．order D．excuse（9）A．carefully B．never C．angrily D．hurriedly（10）A．thanks B．gift C．praise D．pay（11）A．money B．purpose C．time D．neighbour（12）A．if B．because C．until D．since（13）A．home B．hand C．seat D．office（14）A．game B．plan C．talk D．lesson（15）A．first B．second C．last D．worst【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了亨利大约七岁的时候，他的父亲去世了，他的母亲发现很难养活这么一个大家庭．有一次亨利想要一本语法书，但他的妈妈没有钱给他买．在早晨醒来时，他发现下了深深的雪．他决定为邻居服务扫雪从而赚得买书的钱，自此他认识到只要努力就没有做不成的事情．【解答】（1）B．考查名词．A．suppose假设 B．support支撑 C．suggest建议 D．survive 幸存，根据when his father died，可知他的爸爸去世了，所以他的妈妈很难"支撑一个大家庭"，故选B．（2）A．考查名词．A．management管理B．imagination想象力C．competition竞争D．conversation 谈话，根据she tried to do well and also to send Henry，可知，通过良好的管理，她设法把事情办得很好．故选A．（3）B．考查动词．A．bought买B．wanted想要C．read读D．went over仔细检查，根据in order to join a class ，可知他想买一本语法书，故选B．（4）C．考查介词．A．for为了 B．as作为 C．with带有 D．like像，根据help him…可知是help with帮助某人做某事，固定搭配，故选C．（5）A．考查形容词．A．heavy重的B．strong强壮的C．kind善良的D．light轻的，根据He was very worried about it，可知，他非常着急，所以带着一颗"沉重的"心．故选A．（6）D．考查动词．A．shouted大喊B．climbed爬C．lay躺D．rose骑，根据ran to the house of a neighbor，可知他激动的"大喊"，跑到邻居家里，故选D．（7）B．考查名词．A．orders命令B．services服务C．tools工具D．wishes希望，根据offered his…to clear their path around his house，可知是指：他提供服务，清理他们家周围的道路．故选B．（8）C．考查名词．A．exercise锻炼 B．invitation邀请 C．order订单 D．excuse借口，根据语境，他打算给邻居清理积雪换取报酬．所以这个"订单"被接受了．故选C．（9）A．考查副词．A．carefully认真地B．never从不C．angrily生气地D．hurriedly匆忙地，根据he had…completed this work，可知是指他"认真地"的完成了他的工作．故选A．（10）D．考查名词．A．thanks感谢B．gift礼物C．praise赞美D．pay报酬，根据前文The （8）C was accepted，可知这是交易，所以他收到了他的报酬，故选D．（11）B．考查名词．A．money钱B．purpose目的C．time时间D．neighbour邻居，根据he went to another place for the same…，结合语境，可知他又去了另一家，为了相同的"目的"，故选B．（12）C．考查连词．A．if是否；如果B．because因为C．until直到D．since自从，根据…he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．可知，他去了一家又一家，"直到"赚够了语法书的钱，故选C．（13）C．考查名词．A．home家B．hand手C．seat座位D．office办公室，根据后文ready to begin the（14）D in his new book ，可知他坐在他的座位上准备上课，故选C．（14）D．考查名词．A．game游戏 B．plan计划 C．talk交谈 D．lesson功课，根据ready to begin the…in his new book，可知是指他准备他新书的"课程"，故选D．（15）A．考查形容词．A．first第一B．second第二C．last最后D．worst最差，根据Because he had the will，he always found the way，因为他有决心，他总能找到方法．可知总是班里第一名．故选A．7．Mary was ill，so she went to see （1）D．"Doctor，I'm not feeling （2）these days，" said Mary．"Every time I carry something heavy，it is easy for me to feel （3）A．Last time when I went hiking with my classmates to Huaguoshan，I had to （4）once a few minutes．"The doctor looked over her （5）C．At last he said，" （6）C serious，but I'm afraid you are eating too much．" "I don't understand．What does the doctor mean？" Mary asked （7）C．Looking at her face，the doctor understood what Mary was thinking about．He smiled to her and said， "I mean you eat （8） food．""Oh!You mean I'm too fat．That's a problem，" said Mary．"What should I do？" "The answer is easy，" said the doctor． "My advice is：if you want to be thinner and （9）C，you shouldn't eat so much food and you should also do much exercise．If you don't follow（听从） my advice above （10）A can help you to become healthy．"（1）A．her mother B．the teacher C．her friend D．the doctor（2）A．terrible B．well C．happy D．ill（3）A．tired B．thirsty C．hungry D．happy（4）A．lie down B．have a rest C．eat food D．stand up（5）A．actively B．quietly C．carefully D．softly（6）A．Something B．Anything C．Nothing D．Everything（7）A．her B．him C．herself D．himself（8）A．too many B．too much C．too little D．too few（9）A．strong B．fit C．healthier D．smarter（10）A．no one B．nothing C．none D．anything【分析】略【解答】DBABCCCBCA8．Dear Millie，Thank you for（36）C me about Halloween．We also have （37）C festivals，and I like Spring Festival best．Spring Festival is the most important festival in （38）．It's to celebrate the lunar calendar's new year（农历新年）．（39）A the evening of the Spring Festival，（40）get together and have a big meal．In many places people like （41）fireworks．（42）C are the most traditional food．（43）like the festival very much，because they can have delicious food and wear new clothes．They can also get some （44）from their parents or relatives．People put New Year scrolls （对联）on the wall for good fortune．The Spring Festival lasts about two （45）long．People relatives and friends with the words"Have all your wishes"．People enjoy the Spring Festival，during this time they can have a good rest．Lots of love，Wendy36．A．saying B．talking C．telling D．speaking37．A．few B．little C．some D．a little38．A．Japan B．China C．America D．Australia39．A．In B．On C．At D．From40．A．Families B．Friends C．Classmates D．Workers41．A．let off B．to let off C．leting off D．let of42．A．Noodles B．Dumplings C．Turkeys D．Pumpkins43．A．Boys B．Girls C．Children D．People44．A．presents B．money C．clothes D．books45．A．days B．weeks C．months D．Years．【分析】略【解答】CCBBA BBCBB9．My（41）A home is in the country （乡下）．The air there is fresh and it is （42）．My house is very beautiful．（43）A at least three floors．There is a river （44）A my house and behind（45）is a big garden．I can（46）A trees and flowers in it．I like（47）C green everywhere and green is my（48）color．I like to work in the（49）and fish in the river．I'd like to invite my friends at my home．Then we can chat and play games．How （50）A we are！根据短文内容，选择填空：41．A．dream B．day C．dreams D．night42．A．quite B．quiet C．quietly D．quitely43．A．There are B．There is C．Have D．Has44．A．in front of B．in the front C．under D．on45．A．them B．it C．I D．my parents46．A．grow B．make C．read D．do47．A．saw B．look C．to see D．to look48．A．best B．favourite C．like D．faith49．A．park B．garden C．house D．home50．A．happy B．happily C．please D．unhappy．【分析】文章讲述了作者梦想的家是在农村，并介绍了在农村自由自在的生活状态．【解答】41．A 考查名词，A．dream梦想B．day天C．dreams梦想（复数）D．night晚上，根据题干home is in the country （乡下），可知表达的是我的梦想的家是在农村，此处是名词用作形容词，用单数形式，故选A．42．B 考查形容词，A．quite相当；完全B．quiet安静的（形容词）C．quietly安静地（分成）D．quitely错误表达，根据The air there is fresh 空气比较新鲜，推出没有车辆尾气的污染，此处是形容词，结合选项故，应该是安静的，故选B．43．A 考查there be句型，A．There are 有（表示某地有某物）B．There is有（表示某地有某物）C．Have有（人有）D．Has 有（人有），根据at least three floors，可知是我的房子有三层楼，用there be句型，处处是复数形式，故选A．44．A 考查短语，A．in front of在…前面（外部的前面）B．in the front在前面（内部的前面）C．under在下面 D．on在上面，根据题干There is a river（44）Amy house，推出河应该在家的前方，在外部的前面，故选A．45．B 考查代词，A．them他们B．it它C．I我D．my parents 我的父母，根据is a big garden，可知是在家的后面是个花园，家用代词it代替，故选B．46．A 考查动词，A．grow种植 B．make制造 C．read读 D．do做，根据trees and flowers in it，推出是在花园里种花种树，故选A．47．C 考查动词，A．saw看到，原形 B．look看，原形 C．to see看到，不定式 D．to look 看，不定式，根据green everywhere，可知是指我喜欢看到到处都是绿色，look是不及物动词，应该用look at，故排除B D；结合like to do/doing sth喜欢做某事，故选C．48．B 考查形容词，A．best最好的B．favourite最喜欢的C．like喜欢D．faith信仰，根据前文I like（47）C green everywhere 可知我喜欢看到到处都是绿色，推出绿色是我最喜欢的颜色，故选B．49．B 考查名词，A．park公园B．garden花园C．house房子D．home家，根据I like to work in the，结合前文在花园里种花种树，推出是在花园里劳动，故选B．50．A 考查形容词，A．happy开心的（形容词）B．happily开心地（副词）C．please请D．unhappy不开心的，根据I'd like to invite my friends at my home．Then we can chat and play games．可知跟朋友一起聚会、聊天、做游戏，应该是很开心的，此处是形容词，故选A．10．Bob and Sue are in the same school，（1）A they are in different（2）A．They go to school on weekdays．（3）D school，Bob and Sue often play games with（4）D friends．Class begins（5）C eight in the morning．Now Bob and Sue are in their own（自己的）classrooms．They are listening to their（6）D．Bob's studying English．His teacher is talking（7）C English．Sue's（8）A a Chinese class．Her teacher is talking（9）writing．They study hard．They love their teachers and they like their（10）C．（1）A．but B．and C．or D．when（2）A．classes B．class C．lesson D．lessons（3）A．By B．When C．To D．At（4）A．his B．her C．other D．their（5）A．about B．in C．at D．on（6）A．friends B．father C．teacher D．teachers（7）A．with B．at C．in D．for（8）A．having B．listening C．getting D．sitting in（9）A．at B．about C．for D．like（10）A．home B．family C．school D．clothes【分析】本文讲述的是Bob 和Sue 在同一所学习，但是不在同一个班级，他们学习都很努力并得到了老师们的喜爱．【解答】AADDC DCABC1．A．考查连词及语境理解．前句说Bob和Sue同校，但下句意思指"他们不在同一……"，故连词应用but表示转折，选A．2．A．考查名词及语境理解different意为"不同的"，常修饰复数名词．本题在lessons和classes两个名词之间，应选A项classes，表示他们虽同校但不同班．故选A．3．D．考查介词及语境理解表示"在校时"，介词用at．容易混淆的是A项的In也可以表示"在……范围"，若用in，则school前须加冠词，但即使这样，也不能用来叙述学生在校时的情况．故选D．4．D．考查代词及语境理解本题检测学生对物主代词的用法，由于主语是Bob和Sue，为第三人称复数，故相应的物主代词应该用their．即选D项．5．C．考查介词及语境理解本句意思是：早晨八点开始上课，表示在几点钟介词应用at；其余选项中的介词均不适用．故选C．6．D．考查名词及语境理解由于Bob和Sue在不同的班级，当然由不同的教师任教，他们听的是不同教师的课，teacher应该用复数形式．故选D．7．C．考查介词及语境理解在英语课上老师讲的当然是英语，表示"用英语讲话"，介词用in．故选C．8．A．考查动词及语境理解本题意思是，Sue在上语文课．表示上课，英语表达是have a class，故选C．9．B．考查介词及语境理解在课上，老师正在讲授写作，表示所谈论的内容，动词talk 后接about，其余选项中的介词不表示此意．故选B．10．C．考查名词及语境理解句意表达了他们热爱老师，与老师相对应的是学校，而不是家或衣服，这些与题意无关，故选C．11．It is very important to stay（1）．I have a neighbor．She is an old lady．She can do all the housework，（2）newspapers，watch TV and search on the Internet to learn something new．I often see（3）A do taijiquan in the morning and dance in the evening．She looks young and beautiful（4）C she is over seventy．Last week a reporter from a magazine interviewed her and asked（5）D she kept so young and healthy．She replied（6）C a smile．I have a secret of staying young and healthy．It is quite（7）C．Keep your mind active，take an interest in the world（8）you，and learn at least one new thing every day．Try to do different kinds of housework and do sports as（9）D as you can．Don't。
【经典】初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Henry Bond was about ten years old when his father died．His mother found it difficult to provide for the（1）of a large family，but still everything was left in her care．By good （2）A，however，she tried to do well and also to send Henry，the oldest，to school，and to buy him the books as he needed．At one time，however．Henry（3） a grammar book in order to join a class in that study，but his mother could not help him （4）C the money to buy it．He was very worried about it，and went to bed with a （5）A heart，thinking what could be done．As soon as he woke in the morning，he found that a deep snow had fallen，and the cold wind was blowing strongly．He （6）D，ran to the house of a neighbor，and offered his（7）to clear their path around his house．The （8）C was accepted．When he had （9）A completed this work，and received his（10）D，he went to another place for the same （11），and then to another，（12）C he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．When school began，Henry was in his （13）C，the happiest boy there，ready to begin the（14）D in his new book．From that time on，Henry was always the（15）A in all his classes．Because he had the will，he always found the way．（1）A．suppose B．support C．suggest D．survive（2）A．management B．imagination C．competition D．conversation （3）A．bought B．wanted C．read D．went over（4）A．for B．as C．with D．like（5）A．heavy B．strong C．kind D．light（6）A．shouted B．climbed C．lay D．rose（7）A．orders B．services C．tools D．wishes（8）A．exercise B．invitation C．order D．excuse（9）A．carefully B．never C．angrily D．hurriedly（10）A．thanks B．gift C．praise D．pay（11）A．money B．purpose C．time D．neighbour（12）A．if B．because C．until D．since（13）A．home B．hand C．seat D．office（14）A．game B．plan C．talk D．lesson（15）A．first B．second C．last D．worst【分析】这篇短文主要介绍了亨利大约七岁的时候，他的父亲去世了，他的母亲发现很难养活这么一个大家庭．有一次亨利想要一本语法书，但他的妈妈没有钱给他买．在早晨醒来时，他发现下了深深的雪．他决定为邻居服务扫雪从而赚得买书的钱，自此他认识到只要努力就没有做不成的事情．【解答】（1）B．考查名词．A．suppose假设 B．support支撑 C．suggest建议 D．survive 幸存，根据when his father died，可知他的爸爸去世了，所以他的妈妈很难"支撑一个大家庭"，故选B．（2）A．考查名词．A．management管理B．imagination想象力C．competition竞争D．conversation 谈话，根据she tried to do well and also to send Henry，可知，通过良好的管理，她设法把事情办得很好．故选A．（3）B．考查动词．A．bought买B．wanted想要C．read读D．went over仔细检查，根据in order to join a class ，可知他想买一本语法书，故选B．（4）C．考查介词．A．for为了 B．as作为 C．with带有 D．like像，根据help him…可知是help with帮助某人做某事，固定搭配，故选C．（5）A．考查形容词．A．heavy重的B．strong强壮的C．kind善良的D．light轻的，根据He was very worried about it，可知，他非常着急，所以带着一颗"沉重的"心．故选A．（6）D．考查动词．A．shouted大喊B．climbed爬C．lay躺D．rose骑，根据ran to the house of a neighbor，可知他激动的"大喊"，跑到邻居家里，故选D．（7）B．考查名词．A．orders命令B．services服务C．tools工具D．wishes希望，根据offered his…to clear their path around his house，可知是指：他提供服务，清理他们家周围的道路．故选B．（8）C．考查名词．A．exercise锻炼 B．invitation邀请 C．order订单 D．excuse借口，根据语境，他打算给邻居清理积雪换取报酬．所以这个"订单"被接受了．故选C．（9）A．考查副词．A．carefully认真地B．never从不C．angrily生气地D．hurriedly匆忙地，根据he had…completed this work，可知是指他"认真地"的完成了他的工作．故选A．（10）D．考查名词．A．thanks感谢B．gift礼物C．praise赞美D．pay报酬，根据前文The （8）C was accepted，可知这是交易，所以他收到了他的报酬，故选D．（11）B．考查名词．A．money钱B．purpose目的C．time时间D．neighbour邻居，根据he went to another place for the same…，结合语境，可知他又去了另一家，为了相同的"目的"，故选B．（12）C．考查连词．A．if是否；如果B．because因为C．until直到D．since自从，根据…he had earned enough money to buy a grammar．可知，他去了一家又一家，"直到"赚够了语法书的钱，故选C．（13）C．考查名词．A．home家B．hand手C．seat座位D．office办公室，根据后文ready to begin the（14）D in his new book ，可知他坐在他的座位上准备上课，故选C．（14）D．考查名词．A．game游戏 B．plan计划 C．talk交谈 D．lesson功课，根据ready to begin the…in his new book，可知是指他准备他新书的"课程"，故选D．（15）A．考查形容词．A．first第一B．second第二C．last最后D．worst最差，根据Because he had the will，he always found the way，因为他有决心，他总能找到方法．可知总是班里第一名．故选A．2．Welcome to London．You may visit many interesting（36）C here．The River Thames is a very beautiful river．Many boats and ships come and go （37）A it．Many people from other countries go on boat trips here．One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．Boats （38）D Tower Bridge every half an hour．Tower Bridge is a famous bridge in the world（39） it is near the Tower of London，Tower Bridge gets its （40）C．You can （41）C across Tower Bridge at any time．Hyde Park is in the center of the（42）D．It's a great city park in the world．It （43）A very beautiful．You can enjoy swimming，boating，bike riding and skating here．London has a lot of museums and some of（44）D are free．It's a good place for you to visit．I'm sure you'll （45） a good time there．36．A．people B．rooms C．places D．animals37．A．on B．with C．at D．for38．A．lie B．clean C．find D．leave39．A．If B．Because C．When D．So40．A．history B．river C．name D．boat41．A．play B．dance C．walk D．work42．A．school B．street C．house D．city43．A．looks B．feels C．tastes D．sees44．A．us B．you C．it D．them45．A．tell B．have C．design D．listen．【分析】本文主要介绍了伦敦的风景．泰晤士河很美，上面有来来去去的船．塔桥是世界上最著名的桥之一，因为附近的伦敦塔而得名．海德公园也在市中心，是世界上最好的城市公园之一．伦敦有很多世界级的博物馆．【解答】36．C．考查名词辨析． people 人； rooms 房间；places 地方； animals 动物．根据题干关键词"here"指上文提到的London，可知该句句意是：你也许在那参观很多有趣的地方．因"many" 很多，修饰可数名词复数；"interesting"有趣的，是形容词，可修饰名词，所以该空填名词"places"，故选C．37．A．考查介词辨析．on 在……上面；with 和；at 在（时间的某一点）；for为，给．题干中的关键词"it"指的是上一句的'The River Thames"泰晤士河，所以可推知该句的意思是：许多船舶在它上面来来去去．因此该空填介词on，故选A．38．D．考查动词辨析．lie 躺；clean 清洁；find 找到；leave离开．根据前一句可知：One of the best boat trips is from Tower Bridge to Westminster Bridge．可知一种最好的旅游船可从塔桥到西敏桥．而题干中的关键词"Boats "指的就是最好的旅游船，所以可推知：船每隔半小时发一次，即：船每隔半小时离开塔桥．又因本句是主谓宾结构，主语boats是复数形式，故选D．39．B．考查连词．if 如果，可引导条件状语从句；because 因为，引导原因状语从句；when 什么时候，引导时间状语从句；so因此，引导结果状语从句．根据分句： it is near the Tower of London，句意：它离伦敦塔很近．根据分句： Tower Bridge gets its …句意：塔桥出名．前后两个分句是因果关系，前因后果，所以用because来引导，故选B．40．C．考查名词辨析．history历史；river 河；name 名字；boat船．根据前一句Because it is near the Tower of London．因为它离伦敦塔很近．可知所以塔桥出名，又因关键词"its"它的，是形容词性的物主代词，可修饰名词，故选C．41．C．考查动词辨析． play玩； dance 跳舞；walk 步行；work工作．根据题干可知固定短语：walk across步行穿过，又因关键词"can" 是情态动词，后面加动词原形，故选C．42．D．考查名词辨析． school 学校；street 街道；house 房子； city城市．根据后一句：It's a great city park in the world．可知海德公园是世界上的一个伟大的城市公园．所以可推知该句的句意是：海德公园在这个城市的中心．又因定冠词"the"可修饰名词，故选D．43．A．考查感官动词．looks 看； feels 感觉；tastes 尝； sees看到．根据题干关键词"It "指"Hyde Park"海德公园，可知它看起来非常的漂亮．又因该句是主系表结构，所以可用感官动词做系动词，结合选项，故选A．44．D．考查人称代词．us 我们，宾格形式；you你，你们；it 它；them它们，是宾格形式．根据分句：London has a lot of museums．：伦敦有很多博物馆．可知后面分句的意思是：它们中的一些是免费的．又因some of 后面可加人称代词的宾格形式，故选D．45．B．考查动词辨析．tell 告诉；have 有；design 设计；listen听．根据题干可知固定搭配：have a good time 玩的高兴，过得愉快．又因助动词"will"后面加动词原形，故选B．3．Once there was a woman whose only son had died．In her sorrow （悲痛）she went to ask a wise man（1） there was a way to bring her son back to life． "Bring me a mustard seed （芥菜籽）from a home that has never known sorrow．I will use it to help you，" he said to her，（2）D sending her away or trying to persuade her that there was hope．At once she （3）A to look for that mustard seed．The first （4）C she came to was a huge building．Knocking on the door，she said，"I'm （5） a house that has never known suffering．Is this the place？It's very （6）A to me．""You have come to the （7）C place，" they told her，and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to （8）．"Who is better able to share the sadness these poor people have suffered than I，who have experienced sadness？" she thought．（9）D she stayed there and comforted them（10）C setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow．The woman went on，full of （11）A，and came across a（12）D on the road．She asked the farmer the same question，but unluckily he also said no．Wherever she went，from huts （茅屋） to huge buildings，there was no one without tales of（13）C．She came to be so （14）listening to other people's sad stories that she （15）A about looking for the mustard seed．Listening to the sorrow of others had driven the sorrow from her own heart．（1）A．that B．whether C．because D．where（2）A．proud of B．because of C．full of D．instead of（3）A．set off B．took off C．put off D．went off（4）A．expression B．memory C．place D．chance（5）A．caring for B．looking for C．paying for D．leaving for（6）A．important B．strange C．fair D．common（7）A．different B．right C．wrong D．certain（8）A．it B．them C．him D．her（9）A．However B．While C．Though D．So（10）A．unless B．after C．before D．until（11）A．hope B．pleasure C．regret D．fear（12）A．factory B．palace C．sign D．hut（13）A．happiness B．endings C．sadness D．promises（14）A．disappointed B．busy C．happy D．free（15）A．forgot B．cared C．worried D．found【分析】这篇短文告诉我们：曾经有一个女人，她唯一的儿子死了，她伤心，她去问一个聪明的人是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生．这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子．那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间没有悲伤的小屋，她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．【解答】（1）B．考查连词及语境的理解，that引导宾语从句，没有意义，只起连接作用；whether是否；because因为，where哪里，根据上文可知这里表示疑惑：她去问一个聪明的人，是否有办法让她的儿子起死回生．故选：B．（2）D．考查词组辨析，be proud of对…感到自豪；because of因为；be full of充满…；instead of代替，而不是；根据上文Bring me a mustard seed （芥菜籽） from a home that has never known sorrow．I will use it to help you．可知：这位智者让她到一家去找一粒没有悲伤的芥菜种子．用这粒种子来帮助你．由此可以推断出：这位智者而不是把她赶走或试图说服她还有希望．故选：D．（3）A．考查词组辨析，set off动身去…，take off脱下，put off推迟，go off走开去，根据下文she thought so she stayed there and comforted them before setting off again to look for a house that had never known sorrow．可知这里应该用：她立刻动身去找芥菜种子．故选：A．（4）C．考查名词及语境的理解，expression表达，memory记忆，place地方，chance机会，结合句意：她来到的第一个地方是一座巨大的建筑物．故选：C．（5）B．考查动词词组，care for喜欢，照顾；look for寻找；pay for支付；leave for前往…，根据上文At once she set off to look for that mustard seed．可知这里指：我在找一所从未经历过苦难的房子．故选：B．（6）A．考查形容词及语境的理解，important重要的，strange奇怪的，fair公平的，common普通的，根据文章开头Once there was a woman whose only son had died．In her sorrow （悲痛） she went to ask a wise man whether there was a way to bring her son back to life…可知：这个地方对她很重要．她想让她儿子起死回生．故选：A．（7）C．考查形容词及语境的理解，different不同的，right正确的，wrong错误的，certain 一定的，根据下文they told her，and began to pour out all the sad things that had happened to them．可知：她来错地方了．故选：C．（8）B．考查代词辨析，it它，them他们，him他，her她，结合句意："你来错地方了，"他们告诉她，开始倾诉他们遭遇的一切不幸．主语they的宾语为them，故选：B．（9）D．考查连词及语境的理解，however然而，while虽然，当…的时候，though尽管，so因此，根据前后句可知这里表示原因关系，结合句意："谁能比那些经历过悲伤的人更能分担这些不幸的人的悲伤呢？"她想，于是她就在那里安慰他们，然后又出发去找一个从未见过的悲伤的房子．故选：D．（10）C．考查连词及语境的理解，unless如果不，after之后，before在…之前，until直到，根据上下文可知：她先安慰这家人，后再出发找一个从未见过悲伤的房子．故选：C．（11）A．考查名词及语境的理解，hope希望，pleasure乐趣，regret懊悔，fear害怕，根据上下文可知：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：A．（12）D．考查名词及语境的理解，factory工厂，palace宫殿，sign标志，hut小屋，根据上文I'm looking for a house that has never known suffering．可知这里指：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：D．（13）C．考查名词及语境的理解，happiness高兴，endings结束，sadness悲伤，promises 承诺，根据下文She came to be so busy listening to other people's sad stories that she forgot about looking for the mustard seed．可知这里指：那女人满怀希望地继续走着，遇到一间带有悲伤的小屋．故选：C．（14）B．考查形容词及语境的理解，disappointed失望的，busy繁忙的，happy高兴的，free自由的，结合句意：她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．故选：B．（15）A．考查动词及语境的理解，forget忘记，care 在意，worry担心，find找到，结合句意：她忙着听别人讲的悲伤故事，忘了找芥末籽，听着别人的悲伤，把悲伤从自己的心里赶了出来．forget about sth．忘记某事，故选：A．4．My dream home is very big and clean．It is near the（1）．I can watch the sea and．（2）A volleyball on the beach．My grandparents live（3）C us in the big house．（4）A room is（5）the first floor．I always chat with them and help them（6）C some housework on theweekend．On the（7）D floor，there is a kitchen and a dining room．All the family（8）will have dinner there．My bedroom，study and bathroom are on the third floor．There is a big balcony in my bedroom．I can play games，read books and chat（9）C my friends there．The furniture（家具）in my house is all made of wood．It is good（10）D my health．I like（11）A to music while reading books in my bedroom．I always ask my friends（12）C here．My parents' room is on the fourth floor．It's（13）A very big and clean．There is a big and nice garden behind the big house．There are many flowers and（14）tall trees in it．In summer，I can sit under the trees with my family．Behind the garden，there is a swimming pool．I can（15）A freely in it．I think it is very comfortable to live in my dream home．（1）A．river B．sea C．ground D．school（2）A．play B．to play C．play the D．play with（3）A．at B．for C．with D．of（4）A．Their B．Her C．Our D．Your（5）A．in B．on C．with D．of（6）A．does B．doing C．do D．is doing（7）A．fourth B．third C．first D．second（8）A．pets B．members C．things D．animals（9）A．of B．about C．with D．on（10）A．at B．to C．with D．for（11）A．listening B．leading C．withing D．doing（12）A．to look for B．to clean C．to come D．to leave（13）A．also B．too C．either D．but（14）A．few B．a few C．little D．a little（15）A．swim B．dance C．read D．run【分析】本文叙述了作者理想中的家园，是一个带有一个花园的在海边的大房子，有四层楼，父母、祖父母都住在一起，自己有独立的房间，可以玩游戏、读书还可以和朋友一起聊天．花园后有一个游泳池，可以在里面游泳．【解答】1．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A．river河水；B．sea海洋；C．ground地面；D．school学校．我的梦想的家在海洋附近．根据I can watch the sea 可知这里指的是海洋，故选B．2．A 考查动词及语境的理解．我可以看海和在海滩打篮球．play with sb和某人一起玩．这里play +球类运动，故选A．3．C 考查介词及语境的理解．我的祖父母和我们住在一个大的房子里．这里是短语live with sb 和某人一起．故选C．4．A 考查代词及语境的理解．A．Their他们的；B．Her她的；C．Our我们的；D．Your 你的．他们的房间是在一楼．这里指的是祖父母的，所以应该用their，故选A．5．B 考查介词及语境的理解．他们的房间是在一楼．在某层楼上，应该用介词on，故选B．6．C 考查动词及语境的理解．我总是和他们聊天，在周末帮助他们做一些家务．这里是短语help sb do sth帮助某人做某事．故选C．7．D 考查序数词及语境的理解．A．fourth第四；B．third第三；C．first第一；D．second第二．在二楼有厨房和餐厅．根据下文My bedroom ，study and bathroom are on the third floor．可知这里叙述的是二楼的情况，故选D．8．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A．pets宠物；B．members成员；C．things东西；D．animals动物．我们的家庭成员在那里吃饭．根据上文可知这里指的是家里的成员，故选B．9．C 考查介词及语境的理解．我可以和我的朋友玩游戏、读书和聊天．这里是短语chat with sb和某人聊天，故选C．10．D 考查介词及语境的理解．它对我们的身体健康都是有益的．这里是固定短语be good for对……有益．故选D．11．A 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．listening听；B．leading领导；C．withing，with是介词不能加ing；D．doing做．在我的房间里读书的时候我喜欢听音乐．这里是短语like doing喜欢做某事；故选A．12．C 考查动词不定式及语境的理解．A．to look for寻找；B．to clean擦干净；C．to come来；D．to leave离开．我请求我的朋友来这里．这里是短语ask sb to do sth请某人做某事．根据句意故选C．13．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．also也，用于句中；B．too也，用于肯定句或疑问句；C．either也，用于否定句；D．but但是．它也是很大很干净的．根据这里的空格在句中所以用also，故选A．14．B 考查形容词及语境的理解．A．few几个；B．a few一些；C．little很少；D．a little 有点．有许多花和一些高树在花园里．A few修饰可数名词．故选B．15．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．swim游泳；B．dance跳舞；C．read读；D．run 跑．我可以在泳池里游泳．根据Behind the garden，there is a swimming pool．可知这里应该指的游泳，故选A．5．How do you go to school？Some students may answer，"By car"．Maybe some others will look at them through green glasses （羡慕地）．You needn't feel（1）A if you have no cars．It's true that cars are（2）．Many people find it hard to think about（3）life will be like if they have no cars．But now more people know that too many cars bring great（4）D．They make streets too（5）C．People are trying to stop pollution （污染）from cars．One way is to make（6）A cars．But it （7）D much to make these cars．And more people think about better ways．We can（8） our lifestyle．A lot of Americans go to work（9）A their bikesnow．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．It helps people get strong．Let's try together!I hope we can live in a green world （10）D pollution some day．（1）A．bad B．good C．well D．better（2）A．interesting B．important C．difficult D．dangerous（3）A．how B．what C．why D．where（4）A．lessons B．fun C．skills D．problems（5）A．small B．clean C．busy D．modern（6）A．green B．red C．yellow D．white（7）A．takes B．spends C．pays D．costs（8）A．have B．change C．enjoy D．make（9）A．on B．by C．with D．ride（10）A．with B．in C．has D．without【分析】本文叙述了由于现在人们的车辆多了，给社会带来了一些污染的问题，需要引起全世界人的重视，如果生产环保的车造价太高，我们可以通过改变我们的生活方式来改变这一切．【解答】ABBDC ADBAD1：A 考查形容词．A．bad糟糕的，不好；B．good好的；C．well好；D．better更好．根据if you have no cars，可知没有车会感觉不好，结合句意：如果你没有车，你不必觉得不好，故选A．2：B 考查形容词．A．interesting有趣的；B．important 重要的；C．difficult 困难的；D．dangerous危险的．根据Many people find it hard to think about life will be like if they have no cars．可知车是重要的，故选B．3：B 考查疑问词．A．how 怎样；B．what什么；C．why为什么；D．where哪里．根据题干，可知这里缺少like的宾语，所以用what作宾语，结合句意：许多人发现很难想象如果没有车生活会使什么样子．故选B．4：D 考查名词．A．lessons功课；B．fun 有趣；C．skills技巧；D．problems问题．根据They make streets too ．可知这里指车带来的问题，结合句意：但是现在越多的人知道太多的车可能带来大的问题，故选D．5：C 考查形容词．A．small小的；B．clean干净的；C．busy忙的；D．modern 现代的．根据常识可知车辆多了，肯定街道繁忙，结合句意：他们使街道太繁忙．故选C．6：A 考查形容词．A．green绿色的；B．red 红色的；C．yellow黄色的；D．white白色的．根据People are trying to stop pollution （污染） from cars．可知人们正在努力阻止来自汽车的污染，结合句意：一个方法是生产环保的车．故选A．7：D 考查动词．A．takes花费，常常用it作主语；B．spends花费，常用人作主语；C．pays付钱，常用句型：sb pay+钱数+for sth；D．costs花费，常用物或事情作主语．根据题干，这里it是形式主语，真正的主语是to make these cars，故选D．8：B 考查动词．A．have有；B．change改变；C．enjoy 喜欢；D．make制造．根据A lot of Americans go to work bike now．Riding bikes is clean and healthy．可知这里指人们改变了生活方式，结合句意：我们改变我们的生活方式．故选B．9：A 考查介词．A．on需要后跟冠词或形容词性物主代词+bike；B．by+bike骑自行车；C．with 用；D．ride动词．根据go to work，可知这里已经有动词了，故用介词短语，结合后面的their bikes，只能用on，故选A．10：D 考查介词．A．with和…一起 B．in在里面 C．has有 D．without没有，根据前文a green world，可知是一个没有污染的绿色世界，故选D．6．My chance came at last．Our school was going to hold a sports meeting．I knew what it （1）D to me so I got up very early to prepare for it．I（2）running and jumping．When I was （3）C，I（4）D myself of my promise and went on．As the time approached（靠近），I felt quite confident．On the first day I（5）fourth in the 1500 m race，but I was far from（6）A because what I wanted most was the highlight of the sports meeting﹣4 x 100 m relay race．I would run the last leg for my team．With a shot，the race began．All the students were （7）C for their team．The competition was so heated that I began to feel nervous．Before my turn came，my team was （8）D the others．Even worse，I almost dropped the stick when I was trying to （9）A it．But after that，there was nothing in my mind except to run as fast as possible．Just when I was approaching the finish line，my legs gave out．Then my （10）A came to mind again and urged（催促） me on．To my （11）C，I was the first to cross the finish line!（12）D，I had proved to myself and those who had often laughed at me that I am not （13） at all!My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly．I had won the prize as well as their （14）C．From the sports meeting，I learnt that sometimes things are not so difficult as they（15）A to be．Just try your best without fear and you might be surprised at the result．（1）A．mattered B．held C．brought D．meant（2）A．exercised B．practiced C．chose D．tried（3）A．lazy B．sad C．tired D．hungry（4）A．braved B．told C．encouraged D．reminded（5）A．ended B．got C．came D．ran（6）A．pleased B．proud C．excited D．happy（7）A．heading B．racing C．cheering D．shouting（8）A．failing behind B．leading C．catching up with D．falling behind （9）A．catch B．hold C．pass D．take（10）A．promise B．coach C．teacher D．classmate（11）A．joy B．expectation C．surprise D．sadness（12）A．As a result B．After all C．Above all D．At last（13）A．bad B．weak C．slow D．lazy（14）A．congratulations B．support C．respect D．pride（15）A．seem B．choose C．look D．expect【分析】本文叙述了作者为了参加学校的运动会，积极去锻炼做准备．在运动上，在他的团队落后的情况下，他并不气馁，最后他的团队取得了第一名的好成绩．作者最后总结出：只要自己尽了最大的努力也许会有意想不到的好结果．【解答】1．D．考查动词．mattered 重要；held 举行；brought 带来；meant意味着．根据上文"Our school was going to hold a sports meeting"可知，我校要举办运动会．我知道这对我来说意味着什么．于是我早早起来准备．故选D．2．B．考查动词．exercised 锻炼；practiced 练习；chose 选择；tried尝试．根据语境可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．practice doing sth练习做某事．故选B．3．C．考查形容词．lazy懒惰的；sad伤心的；tired 疲倦的；hungry饥饿的．根据上文"I （2）running and jumping"可知，我练习跑步和跳跃．当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．故选C．4．D．考查动词．braved 勇敢面对；told告诉；encouraged鼓励；reminded提醒．根据语境可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．remind sb of sth提醒某人某事．故选D．5．B．考查动词．ended 结束；got 得到；came 来到；ran跑．根据语境可知，第一天我在1500米赛跑中获得第四名．故选B．6．A．考查形容词．pleased高兴的（满意的）；proud骄傲的；excited激动的；happy高兴的．根据语境可知，但是我并不满意，因为我想要的是运动会的最精彩部分﹣﹣4 x 100接力赛．故选A．7．C．考查现在分词．heading 朝着……前进；racing跑；cheering欢呼；shouting喊叫．根据语境可知，所有学生都为自己的队伍加油．故选C．8．D．考查现在分词短语．failing behind （错误短语）；leading领导；catching up with赶上；falling behind落后于．根据语境可知，在轮到我跑之前，我的队伍落后于其他团队．故选D．9．A．考查动词．catch 接住（抓住）；hold 举办（容纳）；pass经过；take带走．根据语境可知，更糟糕的是，当我试图抓住接力棒的时候，我差点把它掉在地上．故选A．10．A．考查名词．promise诺言；coach教练；teacher老师；classmate同学．根据上文"When I was （3），I （4）myself of my promise and went on"可知，当我疲倦的时候，我就提醒自己曾经许下的诺言．这时我脑中浮现了自己的诺言，它督促我继续前进．故选C．11．C．考查名词．joy欢乐；expectation 例外；surprise吃惊；sadness伤心．根据上文"Before my turn came，my team was （8）the others"和"Even worse，I almost dropped thestick when I was trying to （9）it"可知，在轮到我跑之前，我的队伍落后于其他团队．更糟糕的是，当我试图抓住接力棒的时候，我差点把它掉在地上．令我吃惊的是，我是第一个跨过终点线的．故选C．12．D．考查介词短语．As a result结果；After all 毕竟；Above all 首先；At last最后．根据语境可知，最终，我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱．故选D．13．B．考查形容词．bad 坏的；weak 弱的；slow 慢的；lazy懒惰的．根据上文"To my （11），I was the first to cross the finish line"可知，令我吃惊的是，我是第一个跨过终点线的．最终，我向自己和那些曾经嘲笑我的人证明了我并不弱．故选B．14．C．考查名词．congratulations 祝贺；support 支持；respect 尊重；pride骄傲．根据上文"My classmates greeted me warmly and I hugged them tightly"可知，我的同学都对我表示热烈祝贺，我紧紧地拥抱他们．我赢得了奖励和他们的尊重．故选C．15．A．考查动词．seem看似；choose选择；look看；expect期待．根据语境可知，通过这次运动会，我懂得了，有时事情并不像它们表面上看起来那样困难．seem to do sth看上去．故选A．7．A man who lived a long time ago believed that he could read the future in the stars．He called himself an astrologer （占星家）（1）A，and his hobby is to spend his time at night gazing（凝视）at the（2）D．One evening after eating supper with his friends，he was walking（3）the open road outside the village． His eyes were fixed on the stars． He thought he saw there that the end of the world was at hand．（4）， he went into a hole． It was（5）A of mud （泥）and water．There he stood up to his ears，in the muddy water，madly clawing （用手抓）at the sides of the（6）C． He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）D he didn't make it．And then his cries for help soon brought the （8）A coming to the hole quickly． They （9）him out of the mud as hard as they could． One of the villagers said， "You always want to read the future in the stars， yet you（10）to see what is at your feet! This may teach you to pay（11）attention to what is right in front of you． Please let the future take care of（12）A．"What use is it，" said another， to read the stars，（13）A can't you see what is right here on the earth？" Take care of the little things first， and the（14） things will take care of themselves． The "astrologer"（15）to say and went home in silence． He felt very sad and shameful．（1）A． proudly B． easily C． happily D． luckily（2）A． sea B． sun C． moon D． sky（3）A． near B． along C． above D． with（4）A． Finally B． Suddenly C． Carefully D． Hardly（5）A． full B． filled C． empty D． kind（6）A． water B． mud C． hole D． road（7）A． if B． and C． so D． but（8）A． villagers B． friends C． parents D． neighbors（9）A． pushed B． pulled C． picked D． carried（10）A． treat B． fail C． stop D． wish（11）A． fewer B． more C． less D． worse（12）A． itself B． him C． you D． yourself（13）A． why B． when C． how D． where（14）A． loud B． big C． wise D． active（15）A． something B． nothing C． everything D． anything【分析】题讲述了一个故事，很久之前有一个人认为自己能根据星星来推测未来，并一直为未来担忧，一天晚上他独自在村外走路，想到星星预示着世界末日，便陷入沉思不能自拔，然后突然掉到臭水沟里，他尽力想爬出来，但是他做不到，只好呼救，被村里人救出之后，一个人劝说他应该管好眼前的事情，不要老想一些不着边际的事情，告诉我们整天预测未来不如关注当下．【解答】（1）A．考查副词及语境理解．A骄傲地；B容易地；C开心地；D幸运地；根据第一句he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，应该是很骄傲地称呼自己为占星家，故答案为A．（2）D．考查名词及语境理解．A海洋；B太阳；C月亮；D天空；根据前文he could read the future in the stars他能在星空中看到未来，这里应该是凝视天空，故答案为D．（3）B．考查介词及语境理解．A附近；B沿着；C在…上方；D和；根据he was walking 可知一天晚上，他沿着村外的小路散步时，walk along沿着…走；故答案为B．（4）B．考查副词及语境理解．A最后；B突然；C小心地；D几乎不；根据下文he went into a hole掉进一个洞里，应该是突然，故答案为B．（5）A．考查形容词及语境理解．A满的；B充满；C空的；D和蔼的；根据It was（5）of mud （泥） and water．应该是充满了泥和水，be full of充满，故答案为A．（6）C．考查名词及语境理解．A水；B泥；C洞；D路；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole开始奋力挣扎着沿湿滑的水坑边向上爬，故答案为C．（7）D．考查名词及语境理解．A如果；B和；C所以；D但是；根据He tried his best to climb out of the hole（7）he didn't make it前面说想爬出来，后面说做不到，表转折，故选D．（8）A．考查名词及语境理解．A村民；B朋友；C父母；D邻居；根据前文villagers often came to him可知他的呼救声被村民们听到了，他们纷纷跑到水坑边来施救，故答案为A．（9）B．考查动词及语境理解．A推；B拉；C捡；D携带；根据They（9）him out of the mud as hard as they could应该是尽力往外拉，故选B．（10）B．考查动词及语境理解．A款待；B失败，未能；C停止；D希望；根据You。
经典初一英语完形填空专项练习(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．My mom once told me that after I learned to say "Mama" and "Dada"，my（1）C word was "no!" Sadly，I used that word too（2）as a boy．I didn't want to eat my vegetables．I didn't want to go to（3）on time．I didn't want to work in the garden．I didn't want to help my mom and grandma with （4）D．In other words，I was a little naughty（淘气）．Being the youngest of three sons，I said "no" a lot more than I should have．When I grew up，I （5）C to say "yes!" a lot more．I can remember making the bed and cleaning the house．I felt really （6）D to help my mom and grandma．I can remember studying hard to get good grades in school and the pride（骄傲） in my parents' eyes（7）C I got into high school．I can remember learning that saying "yes" could（8）A more joy into my life than saying "no" ever did．Even now，I am still learning （9）C to say "yes"．I still often say "no"．My only advice （建议） to you is not to（10）C as long as I did．Say "yes" to life．Say "yes" to love．Say "yes" to helping others and making this world a better place． "Yes'' may only be a word，but it can change your life．（1）A．first B．second C．third D．another（2）A．never B．often C．sometimes D．seldom（3）A．park B．bed C．zoo D．work（4）A．teamwork B．homework C．problems D．housework（5）A．remembered B．stopped C．began D．forgot（6）A．worried B．sad C．tired D．happy（7）A．before B．if C．when D．so（8）A．bring B．take C．carry D．invite（9）A．who B．what C．how D．where（10）A．try B．notice C．wait D．leave【分析】本文作者通过自己的经历说明一个道理：多说"是"，少说"不"．对别人说"是"会让你的生活变得愉快．"是"可能只是一个词，但它可以改变你的生活．【解答】（1）C．形容词辨析．A第一；B第二；C第三；D另一个；根据前面 I learned to say "Mama" and "Dada我学会了说"妈妈"和"爸爸"，后面应该是第三个是不，故答案是C．（2）B．副词辨析．A从不；B经常；C有时；D很少；根据下文I didn't want to eat my vegetables．I didn't want to go to（3）on time．I didn't want to work in the garden．I didn't want to help my mom 可知经常说"不"，too often经常，故答案是B．（3）B．名词辨析．A公园；B床；C动物园；D工作；根据后面on time，应该是不想按时睡觉，go to bed睡觉，故答案是B．（4）D．名词辨析．A团队合作；B作业；C问题；D家务；根据I didn't want to help my mom and grandma with 不想帮助妈妈和奶奶，应该是做家务，故答案是D．（5）C．动词辨析．A记得；B停止；C开始；D忘记；根据上文描述，经常说"不"，这里长大后，应该是开始说"是"，故答案是C．（6）D．形容词辨析．A担心；B伤心；C累；D开心；根据语境，to help my mom and grandma帮助妈妈和奶奶应该很开心，故答案是D．（7）C．连词辨析．A在…之前；B如果；C当…时；D所以；根据语境，应该是我记得我为了在学校取得好成绩而努力学习，也记得我进入高中时父母眼中的骄傲．when引导的时间状语从句，故答案是C．（8）A．动词辨析．A带来；B拿；C携带；D邀请；根据I can remember learning that saying "yes" could前面说学习说"是"，应该是给作者带来了乐趣，故答案是A．（9）C．连词辨析．A谁；B什么；C怎样；D哪儿；根据Even now，I am still learning （9）to say "yes"．应该是学习如何说"是"，故答案是C．（10）C．动词辨析．A尝试；B注意；C等待；D离开；根据下文Say "yes" to life．Say "yes" to love．Say "yes" to helping others and making this world a better place． "Yes'' may only be a word，but it can change your life．及全文，可知我给你的唯一建议是不要像我那样等太久（要早学会说"是"），故答案是C．2．Dear Dad，Happy birthday to you! （36）D this special day I'd like to talk to you in a special way． I am not good at （37）C you my feelings face to face， so I'm writing to show my deep （38） for you．You are not rich or famous． But in my heart， you are one of the greatest （39） in the world．I' m proud（骄傲）of you．You are （40）A interested in fame or wealth（名利）．But you often （41）Cme to school and help me with my schoolwork． You work（42） as a manager in your company（公司）．The smile on your face shows you are （43）A with our family． You take good care of my grandparents．You do some shopping with Mom and cook for us on Sundays．Now I am sorry to say I didn't （44）D you my love before， but I am thankful for what you have done for me．I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）C now I can let you know how much I love you．Wish you happiness forever!Yours，son 36． A． In B． At C． By D． On37． A． talking B． saying C． telling D． speaking38． A． pleasure B． love C． dream D． advice39． A． mothers B． fathers C． brothers D． sisters40． A． never B． often C． already D． always41．A． give B． make C． drive D． get42． A． quite B． hard C． only D． nearly43． A． happy B． kind C． sad D． angry44． A． bring B． take C． carry D． show45． A． Or B． But C． So D． Then【分析】这是大卫给爸爸写的一封信，大卫不擅长与父亲面对面交谈，所以要写信表达．大卫认为爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一．他的爸爸总是努力地工作．他爸爸脸上的微笑显示了她对家庭很满意．他照顾爷爷奶奶，帮助大卫学习．大卫表达了之前没有向爸爸表示尊重而感到抱歉．为爸爸以前为自己做的事而感谢．为现在能够让爸爸知道自己多么爱他而感到高兴．【解答】36．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A． in 在……里B． at 在……（时间点，地点）C． By直到，通过（方式）D． On在……上面；在某一天；根据后面this special day特殊的一天，具体某一天．故选D．37．C 考查动名词及语境的理解．A．talking谈论B．saying 说（后面是说的话）C．telling告诉D． speaking讲（语言）；根据 I am not good at （37）you my feelings face to face我不认为我擅长面对面告诉你我的想法，告诉想法．故选C．38．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A高兴；B爱；C梦想；D建议；根据前面是爸爸的生日，应该是展示我对你的爱，故选择B．39．B 考查名词及语境的理解．A妈妈；B爸爸；C兄弟；D姐妹；根据上文，David认为他的爸爸是世界上最伟大的人之一，可以判断是以有这样的爸爸感到自豪．故选B．40．A 考查副词及语境的理解．A．never从不B．often经常；C．already已经D．always总是；根据上下文可以判断，David的爸爸是一个勤勤恳恳工作的人，可以判断不是一个对名利感兴趣的人．故选A．41．C 考查动词及语境的理解．A给；B使；C开；D得到；根据后面to school，应该是开车送我去上学，故选择C．42．B 考查副词和语境的理解．A非常，相当；B硬，努力；C仅仅；D几乎，差不多；根据前面work工作，应该是努力工作，故选择B．43．A 考查形容词和语境的理解．A开心；B和蔼；C伤心；D生气；根据前面The smile on your face微笑在你脸上，应该是开心的；故选择A．44．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A带来；B拿；C携带；D展示；you my love before，应该是向你展示我的爱，故选择D．45．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A或者；B但是；C所以；D然后；根据I feel quite lucky that I have such a great father．（45）now I can let you know how much I love you．我很幸运，我有这样一个伟大的父亲．（45）现在我可以让你知道我有多爱你．因果关系，故选择C．3．A teacher began his class by holding up a glass with some water in it．He asked the students， "How much do you think this glass （1）A？""Fifty grams!""One hundred grams!""One hundred and fifty grams!" the students answered．"I don't know （2）C，" said the teacher． "What would happen if I held it up like this for （3）D minutes？"" （4）A，" the students said．"OK．What would（5）if I held it up like this for an hour？""Your（6）would ache，" said a student．"You are right．Now what would happen（7）C I held it up for a day？""Your arm would go numb（麻木的）．You（8）A have to go to the hospital!" said another student（9）all the students laughed．"Very good．But during all this，did the weight of the glass （10）D？" asked the teacher．"No．""Then（11）caused the pain and numbness？"The students were puzzled（困惑的） and couldn't give any answers．"What should I do now to get rid of（摆脱） the（12）C？" asked the teacher again．"Put the glass down!" said a student．"（13）A!" said the teacher．"Life's problems are something like this．Hold them for some minutes in your head and they seem OK．Think out them for a long time and they begin to make you feel ache．Hold them even longer and they begin to make you numb．You will not be able to do anything．"It's （14）C to think of the challenges or problems in your life．But what's even more important is to "put them （15）D" at the end of every day．（1）A．weighs B．costs C．grows D．wins（2）A．too B．also C．either D．yet（3）．A．little B．a little C．few D．a few（4）A．Nothing B．Anything C．Everything D．Something（5）A．take care B．take place C．take action D．take part（6）A．nose B．arm C．finger D．head（7）A．though B．before C．if D．because（8）A．may B．should C．must D．need（9）A．but B．and C．so D．or（10）A．choose B．pass C．start D．change（11）A．who B．what C．where D．when（12）A．stress B．mood C．pain D．sadness（13）A．Exactly B．Luckily C．Simply D．Clearly（14）A．special B．different C．important D．wrong（15）A．in B．out C．up D．down【分析】本文讲述了一位老师给他的学生讲述人生道理的故事．这位老师把杯子举在手中，不论举多长时间，它的重量不会改变．但是，如果长时间的这样做，就会对身体不好．人生中的难题也是这样，有时你需要放下．【解答】1．A．考查动词及语境的理解，weighs称重，costs值……钱，grows生长，种植，wins赢得，根据答语 "Fifty grams!"可知这里询问：这个杯子的重量．故选：A．2．C．考查副词及语境的理解，too也，用于肯定句或问句句末，also也，用于肯定句句中，either也，用于否定句句末．yet仍然，还，根据"Fifty grams!" "One hundred grams!" "One hundred and fifty grams!" the students answered．可知学生们在讨论杯子的重量．由此可以推断这里指"老师也不知道杯子的重量．"故选：C．3．D．考查词语辨析，little少的，几乎没有的，表示否定含义，a little有一点，表示肯定含义．little和a little后接不可数名词，few几乎没有的，表示否定含义，a few有几个，表示肯定含义，few和a few后接可数名词复数，根据 "What would happen if I held it up like this for …minutes？"可知：如果我像这样举杯子几分钟会发生什么事？minutes分钟，可数名词复数，故选：D．4．A．考查不定代词及语境的理解，nothing什么也没有，表示否定意义，anything一些，任何东西，用于否定句和问句，everything每样东西，一切，something一些，用于肯定句，根据"What would happen if I held it up like this for a few minutes？"以及下文"OK．What would take place f I held it up like this for an hour？"可知这里指"如果像这样举杯子几分钟，不会发生什么事情．"故选：A．5．B．考查动词词组辨析，take care保重，当心，take place发生，举行，take action采取行动，take part in参加，根据上文"What would happen if I held it up like this for a few minutes？"可知这里考查happen的同义词，这里指"如果我这样坚持一个小时会怎么样？"故选：B．6．B．考查名词及语境的理解，nose鼻子，arm胳膊，finger手指，head头，根据下文Now what would happen if I held it up for a day？" Your arm would go numb．可知：如果我举杯子一天的话，我的胳膊会麻木．由此可知What would take place if I held it up like this for an hour？"Your …would ache"如果我像这样举杯子一个小时会怎么样呢？你的胳膊会疼痛．故选：B．7．C．考查连词及语境的理解，though虽然，引导让步状语从句，if如果，引导条件状语从句，before在……之前，引导时间状语从句，because因为，引导原因状语从句，根据上文提示What would take place if I held it up like this for an hour？"可知这里要用if引导条件状语从句，意思为"如果我举杯子一天会怎么样？"故选：C．8．A．考查情态动词及语境的理解，may可能，should应该，must必须，need需要，根据上文Now what would happen if I held it up for a day？"可知："如果我举杯子一天会怎么样？"下文回答可能发生的事．Your arm would go numb（麻木的）．You…have to go to the hospital你的胳膊会麻木．你可能会上医院．have to不能和should，must和need连用．故选：A．9．B．考查连词及语境的理解，but但是，表示转折关系，and和，表示并列关系，so因此，引导因果关系，or或者，表示选择关系，根据"Your arm would go numb（麻木的）．You may have to go to the hospital!" said another student …all the students laughed．可知："你的手臂会麻木．你可能得去医院！"另一个学生说着，所有的学生都笑了．这里表示并列关系，故填：B．10．D．考查动词及语境的理解，choose选择，pass经过，start开始，change改变，根据But during all this，did the weight of the glass …？" asked the teacher．以及答语 "No．"可知：在这期间，玻璃杯的重量没有变化．故选：D．11．B．考查疑问词及语境的理解，who谁，询问人，what什么，询问事物，where哪里，询问地点，when什么时候，询问时间，根据 "Then…caused the pain and numbness？"以及答语 The students were puzzled and couldn't give any answers．可知："那么，疼痛和麻木是怎么造成的呢？" 学生们困惑不解，无法给出任何答案．在句子中充当主语，指代事物，故选：B．12．C．考查名词及语境的理解，stress压力，mood情绪，pain疼痛，sadness悲伤，根据上文根据 "Then what caused the pain and numbness？"可知："那么，疼痛和麻木是怎么造成的呢？"由此可知这里"What should I do now to get rid of（摆脱）the …？" asked the teacher again．以及答语 "Put the glass down!" said a student．指"现在我该怎么做才能摆脱疼痛？"老师又问．""把杯子放下！"一位学生说．故选：C．13．A．考查副词及语境的理解，exactly （答语，表示赞同或强调正确）一点不错，正是如此，完全正确；luckily幸运的是，simply简单地，简直，clearly清楚地，根据上文"What should I do now to get rid of the pain？" asked the teacher again． "Put the glass down!" said a student．可知："现在我该怎么做才能摆脱疼痛？"""把杯子放下！"由此可知"…" said the teacher．"Life's problems are something like this．Hold them for some minutes in your head and they seem OK．Think out them for a long time and they begin to make you feel ache．Hold them even longer and they begin to make you numb．You will not be able to do anything．"老师认为这个答案完全正确．故选：A．14．C．考查形容词及语境的理解，special特别的，different不同的，important重要的，wrong错误的，根据 It's …to think of the challenges or problems in your life．以及下文But what's even more important is to …可知这里指：思考生活中的挑战或问题是很重要的．故选：C．15．D．考查副词及语境的理解，in在……里面，put …in把……放进去，out在外面，put out扑灭，up向上，put…up张贴，down向下，put…down放下，记下，根据前面提到"Put the glass down!" said a student．放下杯子．这里引申为放下人生的难题．结合句意：思考生活中的挑战或问题是很重要的，但更重要的是在每天结束的时候把它们"放下"．故选：D．4．There was once a wise old woman who lived in the hills． She seemed to know（1）D in the world． All the children liked to go and ask her questions．She（2）gave the right answers．There was a naughty（淘气的） little boy among the children． He didn't believe the woman was the（3）D person in town．One day he caught a little（4）and held it in his hands．Nobody（5）A it．Then he gathered his friends around．"Let's trick the old woman，"he said．"I'll ask her what I'm holding in my hands．（6）C， she'll answer that I have a bird． Then I'll ask her whether（是否） the bird is alive or dead（死的）． If she says the bird is dead， then I'll open my hands and let the bird fly（7）． If she says the bird is alive，then I'll（8）A kill it and show her the dead bird．Either way，she'll be（9）C．"The children thought it was a clever（10）A． So they went to the woman's house． "Granny， we have a question for you，"they all shouted，"（11）is in my hands？"the little boy asked．"Why， it must be a bird，"the old woman answered．"Is it alive or dead？"the boy asked again．The old woman（12）C for a moment and then answered，"It is as you wish，my child．"（1）A． something B． nothing C． some things D． everything（2）A． sometimes B． always C． never D． seldom（3）A． smart B． smarter C． best D． smartest（4）A． dog B． bird C． cat D． fish（5）A． saw B． looked C． liked D． listened（6）A． At last B． For example C． Of course D． Instead of（7）A． back B． away C． home D． there（8）A． quickly B． carefully C． friendly D． easily（9）A． right B． good C． wrong D． bad（10）A． plan B． bird C． news D． trip（11）A． Why B． What C． Who D． Which（12）A． laughed B． sang C． thought D． cried【分析】文章主要描述了一位智者和一群小孩的故事．小孩子为了考验智者，出了一道难题，让智者回答，智者聪明的回答了这个问题．【解答】1．D 代词辨析．A一些；B没有什么；C一些事情；D所有的；根据前面There was once a wise old woman who lived in the hills从前，有一位博学的老妇人住在山上，后面应该知道所有的事情，故答案是D．2．B 副词辨析．A有时；B总是；C从不；D极少；根据上文博学多才，这里She（2）gave the right answers，应该是孩子们的问题总能给出正确的答案，故答案是B．3．D 形容词辨析．A聪明的；B更聪明的；C最好的；D最聪明的；根据He didn't believe the woman was the（3）person in town结合语境，应该是不相信她是最聪明的，故答案是D．4．B 名词辨析．A狗；B鸟；C猫；D鱼；根据下文the bird 可知是鸟，故答案是B．5．A 动词辨析．A看见；B看；C喜欢；D听；根据 Nobody（5）it．应该是没有看见它，强调结果，故答案是A．6．C 短语辨析．A最后；B例如；C当然；D代替；根据前面问题，这里 she'll answer that I have a bird应该是肯定回答是鸟，故答案是C．7．B 副词辨析．A后面；B离开；C家；D那儿；根据then I'll open my hands and let the bird fly，张开手，活的鸟应该是fly away飞走，故答案是B．8．A 副词辨析．A快速地；B小心地；C友好的；D容易地；根据If she says the bird is alive， then I'll（8）kill it 前面说智者回答是活的，后面应该是快速杀死它，故答案是A．9．C 形容词辨析．A对的；B好的；C错的；D坏的；根据Either way，she'll be结合上文，应该是无论如何，智者都会回答错误，故答案是C．10．A 名词辨析．A计划；B鸟；C新闻；D旅行；根据The children thought it was a clever 孩子们应该是认为这是个好计划，故答案是A．11．B 疑问代词辨析．A为什么；B什么；C谁；D哪个；根据，is in my hands？"应该是我手里是什么？故答案是B．12．C 动词辨析．A笑；B唱；C想；D哭；根据The old woman（12）for a moment and then answered，应该是想了一会回答，故答案是C．5．Books come to life in Australia once a year，when students dress up as their favorite characters and come to school．They are （36）A part in Book WeekEach year （37）A August，schools and libraries across Australia （38）C a week celebrating this big activity．（39）C dresses up in costumes，even the teachers．Many dress up as characters from books or （40），like Snow White，Peter Pan and Harry Potter．Others dress up as famous （41）heroes to celebrate this country's history．"It's a fun way to focus on （42）D and the children really enjoy it，whether they like reading or not．．"said an Australian junior school teacher．Some students do a lot （43）A the best costume．Sydney costume shop owner NikkiYeaman said Book Week was her shop's （44）time of year for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme（主题） for boys and girls，"Mrs．Yeaman said．" And we can （45）D have enough stock （库存）of Matilda's blue dress．She is so popular （46）the TV show，but also because the adults still love the books．Book Week is a（47）C time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book．According to Gail Erskine，"Books （48）children to read about other places in the world…and escape（逃离） their own （49）A and learn empathy（共鸣）about another character．"She also said the basics of reading started from " age zero"and that the key was （50）C a good picture book．36．A．taking B．attending C．joining D．meeting37．A．in B．on C．at D．to38．A．take B．cost C．spend D．pay39．A．Someone B．Anyone C．Everyone D．No one40．A．cinemas B．films C．libraries D．magazines41．A．American B．Australian C．British D．Canadian42．A．teaching B．learning C．listening D．reading43．A．to have B．have C．having D．had44．A．easiest B．busiest C．hardest D．funniest45．A．always B．usually C．often D．never46．A．instead of B．because of C．such as D．for example47．A．funny B．hard C．great D．excited48．A．make B．allow C．hope D．let49．A．world B．family C．parents D．friends50．A．find B．found C．finding D．finds【分析】文章介绍了澳大利亚的读书周，并介绍了读书的好处和意义以及如何阅读．【解答】36．A 考查动词，A taking 带走B．attending参加C．joining加入D．meeting遇到，根据part in ，可知是短语take part in参加，固定短语，故选A．37．A 考查介词，A．in在里面 B．on在上面 C．at在…D．to 到…，根据August，可知月份前用介词in，故选A．38．C 考查动词，A．take带走B．cost花费C spend花费D．pay付款，根据动词celebrating ，可知是句型spend…doing sth花费…做某事，故选C．39．C 考查代词，A Someone某人 B．Anyone任何人 C．Everyone每人 D．No one 没人，根据 even the teachers．甚至老师，说明所有的学生，甚至老师都穿着礼服，故选C．40．B 考查名词，A．cinemas电影院B．films电影C．libraries图书馆D．magazines杂志，根据like Snow White，Peter Pan and Harry Potter，可知是指书或者电影，故选B．41．B 考查形容词，A．American美国的B．Australian澳大利亚的C．British英国的D．Canadian加拿大的，根据文章开始Books come to life in Australia once a year，推出是澳大利亚的英雄，故选B．42．D 考查动词，A teaching教B learning学C．listening听D reading读，根据后文whether they like reading or not不管他们喜欢不喜欢阅读，推出此处指的是阅读，故选D．43．A 考查动词，A to have有，不定式 B．have原形C having动名词 D．had过去式，根据Some students do a lot…the best costume，可知此处是不定式表目的，故选A．44．B 考查形容词，A．easiest最容易的B．busiest最忙的C hardest最努力的D．funniest 最滑稽的，根据for children buying costumes" Harry Potter is a good strong book theme（主题） for boys and girls，推出很多学生买服装，所以是服装店最忙的时候，故选B．45．D 考查副词，A always总是 B．usually通常 C．often经常 D．never 从不，根据She is so popular ，可知受欢迎的就很畅销，不会有库存，故选D．46．B 考查短语，A．instead of代替B because of因为C such as例如D．for example例如，根据后文 but also because …而且也因为…，推出此处是指原因"因为"，故选B．47．C 考查形容词，A funny滑稽的 B hard努力的 C．great伟大的 D．excited 激动的，根据Book Week is a…time to get children away from screen and back to the basics of reading a good book．结合想想，推出句意：图书周是让孩子远离屏幕回到书本的好时间，故选C．48．B 考查动词，A．make使…B．allow允许；给予C．hope希望D．let让…，根据to read ，可知make，let后接动词原形，故排除A D；结合句意：书本可以让学生了解世界其他地方，allow sb to do sth允许某人做某事．故选B．49．A 考查名词，A world世界B family家人C parents父母D．friends朋友，根据escape （逃离） their own ，结合选项，可知是指远离他们自己的世界，和书中的角色产生共鸣，故选A．50．C 考查动词，A find找到，原形 B found过去式 C．finding动名词 D．finds三单式，根据the key was…a good picture book，关键是找到一本好的图书，此处是动名词作表语，故选C．6．Thanksgiving Day was near．The Grade 7 teacher asked her students to （16）C a picture of something for which they were thankful．People celebrated the （17）A with turkey and other traditional goods of the season．So，（18）D of her students' pictures were about them．However，Jack made a（19） kind of picture．Jack was not the same as other boys．He always looked sad．When asked to draw a picture of something for which he was （20）A，he drew a hand．Other students were all very（21）in the picture．Whose hand could it be？One child guessed it was the hand of a farmer，because farmers feed （22）D．Another suggested a police officer，because the police （23）and care for people．Still （24）A guessed it was the hand of God，for God feeds us．And so the （25）C went on until the teacher almost forgot the young artist himself．When the children had gone on to other subjects，she stopped at Jack's desk and asked him（26）D it was．The little boy looked up and said in a（27）D voice，"It's yours，teacher．"She remembered the times she had taken his hand and（28）A with him here or there，as she had with the other students．She often said，"（29）C my hand，Jack．We'll go outside．"Or，"Let me show you how to use your pencil．"Jack was most thankful for his （30）C hand．16．A．print B．find C．draw D．take17．A．festival B．week C．night D．Sunday18．A．little B．none C．few D．most19．A．nice B．different C．same D．best20．A．thankful B．pleased C．sorry D．afraid21．A．sad B．interested C．careful D．angry22．A．chickens B．dogs C．cats D．turkeys23．A．hurt B．protect C．harm D．smile24．A．another B．other C．others D．the other25．A．tile B．speech C．discussion D．talk26．A．what B．where C．which D．whose27．A．high B．low C．hard D．beautiful28．A．walked B．said C．sang D．taught29．A．Touch B．Look C．Take D．Push30．A．mother's B．classmate's C．teacher's D．friend's．【分析】本篇文章主要讲述了感恩节即将来临，老师要求她的学生画他们所给恩的对象的图片．大部分的学生画了有关火鸡和传统的季节食物的图片，而Jack却画了一只手，由此而展开的讨论．【解答】16 C根据下文When asked to draw a picture of something，he drew a hand推测选C．同时考查ask sb．to do sth．这个短语的用法．A打印；B发现；D拿走17 A根据上文Thanksgiving Day was near及下文with turkey and other traditional goods，得知人们庆祝感恩节这个节日．B星期；C晚上；D周日18 D根据下文Jack was not the same as other boys推测只有Jack画了一只手而没有画有关火鸡等的图片，因此大部分学生都画了老师要求的，故答案为D．A少的；B没有一个；C少的，没有几个的；D大部分的19 B道理同18题．be different相当于be not the same不同的．A漂亮的；C相同的；D最好的20 A 根据上文a picture of something for which they were thankful得知答案为A感恩的．B满意的；C对不起；D害怕的21 B 根据文章意思大部分人都画了有关火鸡的图片，而Jack却画了一只手，及下文Whose hand could it be推测学生对这幅图片很感兴趣be interested in，故答案为B．A悲伤的；C小心的；D生气的22 D 根据前文庆祝感恩节，人们多用火鸡等来庆祝，很多学生画了这样的图片，由此联想到火鸡是有农民喂养的，故答案为D．A小鸡；B狗；C猫23 B 根据前文警官及后文 care for people关心人民，and表并列，推测警察是保护人民的，故答案为B保护．A伤害；C损害；D微笑24 A 根据前文one和another的叙述，这里填another，表示三者或三者以上，故答案为A．B另外的；C 另外的人或物；D两个当中的另一个25 C 根据前文几个同学的猜想，因此讨论在继续，故答案为C讨论．go on 继续．A标题；B演讲；D谈话26 D 根据前文几个同学的讨论，这只手到底是谁的，因此老师走到Jack旁边问是谁的，故答案为D．A什么；B哪里；C哪一个27 D 根据后面Jack对他的老师的手很感激．推测他回答老师的提问时用一种甜美的美妙的声音，故答案为D．A高的；B低的；C困难的28 A 根据意思和固定短语walk here and there走来走去的表达，故答案为A．B说；C唱；D教29 C 根据后文Jack．We'll go outside．"Or，"Let me show you how to use your pencil推测用的是手，故答案为take拿走，答案为C．A触摸；B看；D推30 C 根据前文It's yours，teacher．"推测答案为C，即老师的手．A妈妈的；B同学的；D朋友的7．I did something wrong when I was six years old．"Which one of you did this？" Dad （1）C．We all looked down at the step．There（2）A child's handwriting there．I was very afraid．I hoped （3）D could see it．Could he guess it was me？When he asked me，I （4）D． "Not me，Dad．" My sister and brother also said （5）A．To find out who really wrote on the（6）A，Dad gave us each a piece of（7）C and a pencil， "I would like each of you to write down what you see on the step．" I tried my best to （8）C differently．I didn't want Dad（9）D it was me．He picked up our pieces of paper and looked at（10）．"Because no one will tell me who did it，I will punish （惩罚） you all．"But as the youngest of the（11）C children，I wasn't（12） to tell the truth．（13）A I just stood there and said nothing．"I （14）C it．" My sister stood forward and answered．So only she was punished．We didn't talk about that day for many years．But I always felt（15）A because of it．（1）A．heard B．invited C．asked D．checked（2）A．was B．were C．is D．are（3）A．everybody B．somebody C．anybody D．nobody（4）A．lie B．lay C．laid D．lied（5）A．no B．yes C．please D．sorry（6）A．step B．wall C．table D．bed（7）A．cake B．bread C．paper D．leaf（8）A．sing B．dance C．write D．read（9）A．know B．knowing C．knows D．to know（10）A．it B．them C．him D．her（11）A．one B．two C．three D．four（12）A．enough brave B．brave enough C．enough afraid D．afraid enough （13）A．So B．Because C．Or D．But（14）A．does B．do C．did D．will do（15）A．sorry B．afraid C．pleased D．amazed【分析】本文是一个小故事．作者讲述自己六岁时做错了什么．当她爸爸问是谁在台阶上乱涂乱画的，她不敢承认，最后她姐姐子站出来承认自己做的．只有她受到了惩罚．多年以后，作者总是为此感到抱歉．【解答】（1）C 考查动词辨析．A．heard听说；B．invited邀请；C．asked询问；D．checked检查．根据上文I did something wrong when I was six years old．（我六岁时做错了什么．）可知爸爸问："你们谁做的？"结合句意可知填asked；句意：爸爸问："你们谁做的？"选C．（2）A 考查be动词．本句是there be句型，be动词形式是就近原则，handwriting （笔迹）是不可数名词，可知be动词使用单数，可知排除B和D（复数）；本文讲述过去发生的事情，本文时态主要是一般过去时，可知此句时态是一般过去时，填was；句意：那里有孩子的笔迹．选A．（3）D 考查不定代词．A．everybody每一个人，所有人；B．somebody某人，一般用于肯定句；C．anybody任何人，一般用于否定句和疑问句中；D．nobody没有人，无人．根据上文I was very afraid．（我很害怕．）可知"我希望没人能看见它"，句意：我希望没人能看见它．可知选D．（4）D 考查动词辨析．A说谎，原型；B说谎，过去式；C．lay放的过去式；D说谎，过去式；根据When he asked me可知时态是一般过去时，结合语境不是我，可知作者说谎了，故选D．（5）A 考查词义辨析．A．no不，不是；B．yes是的；C．please请；D．sorry对不起．根据上文When he asked me，I lied．"Not me，Dad．"（当他问我的时候，我撒谎了．"不是我，爸爸．"）结合句中also（也）可知我姐姐和哥哥也说"不是我"．结合句意可知填no；句意：我姐姐和哥哥也说"不是我"．选A．（6）A 考查名词辨析．A．step台阶；B．wall墙壁；C．table桌子；D．bed床．根据第2段第2句We all looked down at the step．（我们都低头看着台阶．）可知"在台阶上写的"；结合句意可知填step；句意：为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的，爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔，"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来．"选A．（7）C 考查名词辨析．A．cake蛋糕；B．bread面包；C．paper纸；D．leaf叶子．结合句意可知填paper；句意：为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的，爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔，"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来．"选C．（8）C 句A．sing唱歌；B．dance跳舞；C．write写；D．read阅读．根据上文"为了找出到底是谁在台阶上写的，爸爸给了我们每人一张纸和一支铅笔，"我希望你们每个人都把你在台阶上看到的写下来．""可知"尽力写得不一样．"结合句意可知填write；意：我尽力写得不一样．考查动词辨析．选C．。
〖整合〗初一英语完形填空练习题(含答案)(50篇)
初中英语完型填空50篇附答案解析1．Ivan sat on the floor deep down in the sea． He was bored and （1）． He watched other pretty fish swimming in and out of rocks． They were laughing and dancing happily．" Why am I so different？" he said to （2）C．"You are an octopus（章鱼），Ivan．That is special．" The sweet（3）A of Leo，a beautiful white dolphin， always made Ivan feel better． Ivan looked up at the white dolphin and （4）D．Leo said，" Let's play games together．" They were having a lot of （5）A and they didn't know they were already far away （6）C home．Suddenly Leo saw a large shark（鲨鱼）（7）A above them， "It is Big White……the biggest，most terrible shark in the sea，" he shouted to Ivan．Leo looked at Big White （8）．It was very fast．Leo was very afraid and he couldn't swim．He couldn't swim．Just at this moment，Big White rushed down towards them．An idea came to Ivan． He quickly sprayed（喷） a very dark cloud of black water to the shark's eyes． Then Ivan and Leo swam away （9）A they got home safely．"Are you OK？" asked Ivan． "Yes． I am lucky to have you as my friend!" Ivan's face turned red． "I guess being （10）D others can be so cool sometimes，" Ivan said． "That is what I try to tell you，" Leo said．（1）A． happy B． unhappy C． afraid D．nervous（2）A． yourself B．myself C． himself D． themselves（3）A． voice B． noise C．sound D． shout（4）A． cried B． shook C． changed D．smiled（5）A． fun B． shame C．pity D． interest（6）A． for B． with C．from D．of（7）A． swimming B． running C． jumping D． flying（8）A． helpfully B．helplessly C． carefully D． carelessly（9）A． and B． or C． but D． so（10）A． full of B． crazy about C． ready for D． different from 【分析】这篇短文主要记述了一只章鱼和一只漂亮的白海豚从鲨鱼口下脱险的故事，告诉我们在一些情况下，我们每个人都会有自己的优势．【解答】1．B 句意：他很烦且不高兴．根据题干中"He was bored and ____"．可知Ivan很烦恼，由此推出他不高兴．unhappy意为"不高兴的"，符合句意．故选B．2．C 句意："为什么我如此不同？"他对自己说．根据话中主语"I"可知他在自言自语，主语是he，用反身代词himself．故选C．3．A 句意：一只名叫Leo的漂亮白海豚的甜美声音总能使Ivan感觉好些．根据题干中"The sweet ___ of Lea"可知此处指的是Leo的嗓音．voice意为"嗓音"，符合句意．故选A．4．D 句意：Ivan抬头看着白白海豚笑了．根据上文"The sweet ____ of Leo，a beautiful white dolphin，always made Ivan feel better．"可知Ivan心情好多了，应该是笑了．smiled 意为"微笑"，符合句意．故选D．5．A 句意：他们玩得正愉快，不知道已经离家很远了．"have fun"是固定搭配，意为"玩得愉快"．故选A．6．C 句意：他们玩得正愉快，不知道已经离家很远了．far away from是固定搭配，意为"远离……"．故选C．7．A 句意：突然Leo看到一条大鲨鱼正在它们上方游动．根据常识可知鲨鱼应是在海中游．swimming意为"游"，符合句意．故选A．8．B 句意：Leo无助地看着大白鲨．根据上文"the biggest，most terrible shark in the sea"可推出Leo因害怕而感到无助．helplessly意为"无助地"，符合句意．故选B．9．A 句意：然后Ivan和Leo游走了，且安全地到家了．设空处前后是承接关系，用and符合题意．故选A．10．D 句意："我认为有时不同于别人可以如此酷，"Ivan说．根据上文中"Why am I so different？"可知此处是说不同于别人．故选D．2．Many people like to keep dogs．They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names，（1）C I call my dog "Little Kid"．When I went to（2）his license（许可证），I met one of my friends．I told him I would like to have a license（3）D Little Kid and he said， "I'd like to have（4） for my kid （孩子），too． "Then I told him，" But this is a dog．"When I got married（结婚）and went on my honeymoon，I（5）A the dog with me．I told the hotel worker that I wanted a（6）C for my wife and me and a room for Little Kid．He asks，" Why don't you and your kid（7）D in a room？" Then I said， "You don't understand．Little Kid is my dog．My wife doesn't（8）A him．When my wife and I separated（分开），we went to court（法庭）．I said，" Your Honor，I only want to have my Little Kid．" The judge（法官）said，" You are a good（9）A．"Then I told him，" Little Kid is my（10）C dog．He isn't my son．"（1）A．and B．or C．but D．so（2）A．write down B．ask for C．look for D．put up（3）A．in B．with C．about D．for（4）A．it B．one C．him D．her（5）A．took B．helped C．had D．wanted（6）A．house B．family C．room D．desk（7）A．study B．play C．eat D．stay（8）A．like B．take C．help D．want（9）A．father B．mother C．wife D．husband（10）A．lucky B．brave C．favourite D．careful【分析】本文讲述了很多人喜欢养狗，而且他们喜欢称呼它们为自己的孩子，文章讲述了作者结婚的时候带自己的狗度蜜月，离婚的时候作者要求要自己的狗，法官还以是作者的孩子．【解答】1﹣5：CBDBA 6﹣10：CDAAC1．C 考查连词及语境的理解．A．and 和，又；B．or 或者；C．But但是；D．So因此，根据They call their dogs "Baby" or other beautiful names，（1）I call my dog "Little Kid"．他们把他们的狗称为"宝宝"或其他美丽的名字，我叫我的狗"小孩"．根据题意可知是表示转折关系，故选C．2．B 考查动词短语及语境的理解．A．write down 写下；B．ask for 询问；C．look for 寻找；D．put up张贴．根据下文I met one of my friends作者遇到了他的一个朋友，当我去询问她的许可证的时候．故选B．3．D 考查介词及语境的理解．A．in 在……里面；B．with 带有，据有；C．About大约；D．For为了．根据I told him I would like to have a license（3）Little Kid：我告诉他，我愿意有一个许可证为了这个小孩．表示为了……；故选D．4．B 考查代词及语境的理解．A．it 它；B．one 一个；C．him 他；D．Her她．根据下文too可知作者的朋友也愿意．他说："我也愿意有一个为了我的孩子"故选B．5．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Took带去；B．helped 帮助；C．had 有；D．Wanted想要．根据When I got married（结婚）and went on my honeymoon，I（5）the dog with me．我结婚的时候（结婚）去度蜜月，我带我的狗一起去．根据动词短语take…to somewhere表示带某人去某地，故选A．6．C 考查名词及语境的理解．A．House房子；B．family 家庭；C．Room房间；D．Desk 桌子．根据前面 I told the hotel worker ：因为在酒店要的是房，我告诉酒店工作人员，我想要一个我和我妻子和一个小孩的房间．故选C．7．D 考查动词及语境的理解．A．study 学习；B．play 玩；C．Eat吃；D．Stay保持．根据He asks，" Why don't you and your kid（7）in a room？：你为什么不和你的孩子要一个房间呢？Stay with sb表示和某人呆在一起，故选D．8．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Like喜欢；B．take 花费；C．help 帮助；D．Want想要．根据：Little Kid is my dog．My wife doesn't（8）him：孩子就是我的小狗，我的妻子不…根据题意可知是妻子不喜欢．故选A．9．A 考查动词及语境的理解．A．Father父亲；B．mother 母亲；C．wife 妻子；D．Husband丈夫．根据上文I only want to have my Little Kid作者和妻子离婚只要孩子，所以法官说他是一个好的父亲．故选A．10．C 考查形容词及语境的理解．A．Lucky幸运的；B．brave 勇敢的；C．Favorite最喜欢的；D．Careful小心的．Little Kid is my（10）dog孩子是我…狗，不是我的儿子．根据题意可知作者最喜欢他的狗．故选C．3．My father was a self﹣taught mandolin（曼陀林琴）player．He was one of the best players in our town．He could not （1）C music，but if he heard a tune（曲子）a few times，he could play it．When he was young，he was a（2）of a small country music band．They played at local dances and the radio station．At home Dad often got out his mandolin and played for the family．We three children sang along．（3）A played the mandolin like my father．He could（4） your heart with the music that came out of that old mandolin．He seemed to shine when he was playing．You could see his（5）C in his ability to play so well for his family．But Dad had to find another（6）A in a factory later because the money he made at the band wasn't enough to（7）D the family．Unluckily he had an（8） one day and lost one finger．He couldn't play as（9）C as before．From then on，every time we asked him to play，he would make up reasons to（10）A down our request．However，we missed his performance so much．（11）D，he agreed and said"Okay，but remember，I can't hold down on the strings（琴弦）the way I（12） to"．When he played the old mandolin，it carried us back to a（13）C，happy time in our lives．Dad was that kind of man．（14）A was what he was doing all his life．If he could give （15）to others，he would，especially his family．He was always there，sacrificing（牺牲）his time to see that his family had enough in their life．（1）A．express B．raise C．read D．lead（2）A．dancer B．member C．driver D．friend（3）A．Nobody B．Somebody C．Anybody D．Everybody（4）A．shut B．touch C．cover D．hurt（5）A．doubt B．truth C．pride D．worry（6）A．job B．wallet C．game D．hobby（7）A．start B．work C．value D．support（8）A．action B．accident C．argument D．exam（9）A．deep B．fast C．well D．loud（10）A．turn B．break C．close D．lay（11）A．Nearly B．Exactly C．Certainly D．Finally（12）A．regretted B．used C．kept D．pointed（13）A．careful B．forgetful C．cheerful D．helpful（14）A．Giving B．Receiving C．Changing D．Taking（15）A．production B．pleasure C．purpose D．patience【分析】本文是一篇记叙文，主要讲述了父亲是一名曼陀林琴手，年轻时他经常和他的乐队在当地演出，然而在为维持家庭生计到一个工厂打工时，失去了一个手指，于是父亲再没有弹琴，然而在我们的一再邀请下，他又给我们弹琴，通过这些事，告诉我们父亲是一个一生为了家庭付出的人．【解答】（1）C 考查固定搭配read music 表示识谱根据下文but if he heard a tune（曲子）a few times，he could play it．但是如果他听几次这首曲子，他就会弹下来这个转折句可知父亲不会识谱，read music 表示识谱，故选C（2）B 考查固定搭配a member of 成员之一根据下文They played at local dances and the radio station他们经常在当地舞会和音乐电台演奏可知，父亲是一个乐队的成员之一，故选B（3）A 考察不定代词 A表示没有人，B表示某人，C 表示任何人，D 表示每个人，根据…played the mandolin like my father本句及下句He could（44）…your heart with the music that came out of that old mandolin没有人能像父亲那样弹得好曼陀林琴，他能用音乐…你的心灵可知，故选A（4）B 考查动词用法根据上文Nobody played the mandolin like my father，没有人能像父亲那样弹得好曼陀林琴，because he could…your heart 可以推知因为他能触碰你的心灵，touch your heart故选B（5）C 考查名词辨析 A表示疑惑，B表示真实，C表示骄傲，D表示担心，根据上文He seemed to shine when he was playing．当他演奏时看上去非常阳光，推断本句为你能看到他用自己的能力为家庭演奏那么好是他的骄傲，故选C（6）A 考查名词辨析，A表示工作，B表示钱包，C表示游戏，D表示爱好．根据后半句because the money he made at the band wasn't enough to（47）…the family．因为在乐队的报酬不足以…家庭生计，推断本句为但是父亲后来不得不另找一份工作，故选A（7）D 考查动词用法，根据上文及本句But Dad had to find another job in a factory later because the money he made at the band wasn't enough to（47）…the family．句意但是父亲后来不得不另找一份工作因为在乐队的报酬不足以…家庭生计可知这里应是指维持或支撑support，故选D（8）B 考查名词辨析．根据下文and lost one finger．并且失去了一只手指，可知考查固定搭配 had an accident 发生了事故，故选B（9）C 考查副词用法A表示深深的，B表示快的，C表示好，D表示声音大，根据上文Unluckily he had an accident one day and lost one finger．不幸的是一天他发生了事故失去了一只手指，因为他失去了一只手指，推断本句是不能弹得和以前一样好，故选C（10）A 考查固定短语搭配，根据上文Unluckily he had an accident one day and lost one finger．不幸的是一天他发生了事故失去了一只手指，所以From then on，every time we asked him to play，he would make up reasons to（50）…down our request从那时起，每次我们要他弹奏，他总是找理由…我们的请求，结合down可知此处应用固定短语turn down 拒绝．故选A（11）D 考查副词用法，根据上文However，we missed his performance so much，然而，我们非常想念他的表演，可知最后父亲同意了，故选D（12）B 考查固定搭配，词组 used to表示过去一向，根据上文Unluckily he had an accident one day and lost one finger．不幸的是一天他发生了事故失去了一只手指，因为父亲失去了一只手指，所以I can't hold down on the strings（琴弦）the way I （52）…to结合to可知这里是说我不能像以往那样的方式按住琴弦．词组used to表示过去常常做什么．故选B．（13）C 考查形容词用法A表示仔细的，B表示遗忘的，C表示幸福的，D表示有益的，根据上文Nobody played the mandolin like my father，He could touch your heart with the music that came out of that old mandolin没有人能像父亲那样弹得好曼陀林琴，他能用曼陀林琴的音乐触动你的心灵可知当时孩子们的幸福，所以When he played the old mandolin，当他弹起曼陀林琴时，仿佛它带我们回到了过去那个幸福，愉快的生活，故选C（14）A 考查动词用法，A表示付出，B表示收获，C表示改变，D表示带走，根据上文的故事可知，父亲是一个肯为家庭付出的人，付出是他一生的所做的一切，故选A（15）B 考查形容词用法，A表示产品，B表示快乐，C表示目的，D表示耐心，根据上文it carried us back to a cheerful happy time in our lives．可知，父亲的曼陀林琴声带我们回到幸福愉快的生活可知，只要能给他人带来快乐，尤其是他的家人，他就去做．故选B4．"We have visitors this morning." Ms.Myers told Class 5. "A journalist and a photographer from the newspaper are doing an article about our new school （1）A.And some of you will be in the photo."The kids were excited，except for Brad.He knew he wouldn't be in the photo.Brad was small.Kids were always making jokes about how （2） he was."They won't put Brad in the photo，" John said. "You'd need a magnifying glass （放大镜） to see him." The other kids laughed.Bred grinned （smiled widely），even though John's words were rude.He （3）A smiled when people made jokes like that.He thought they didn't mean to hurt his feeling.The newspaper people arrived half an hour later.The journalist was called Tegan and the photographer was a short，fit﹣looking guy named Rick.Tegan talked to the class about how a journalist had to （4）C clear sentences and paragraphs，and then Rick told them about some amazing photos he'd taken.Once he had to hang on rope from a cliff （悬崖） to take shots of a （5）A."I could be a photographer，" thought Brad.I'm not afraid of （6）.I wouldn't weigh much on a rope，either."Any questions you want to ask our （7）C？" said Ms.Myers.Brad put his hand up. "Rick？What things don't you like to photograph？""（8）A are tricky" Rick said. "Once I had to photograph a mother duck that was looking after a baby duck.She thought I was trying to （9） the baby duck，so she started hitting me with her wings.Picking on a little guy like me!".Class 5 laughed again，and Brad grinned，too.It's OK when you make jokes about （10）D，he thought.It was jokes from other people that could hurt.Time to take photos.Rick said， "I'll have them." pointing to 6 kids，Brad （11）C.Brad could hardly believe it.In the hall，Rick put them in front of the new library's big painting of stars and planets and books. "It's big，eh？" he said. "We'll get you guys to （12）in front of it，so it looks even bigger.""Is that why you picked Brad？" called one of the Class 5 kids. "So it looks really big？"Some people laughed.Brad started to grin as he usually did （13）A Rick shook his head. "No way，" he said. "I picked him because he's got a （14）C two miles long."He looked at Brad and said，"Plus，this guy is （15）D inside，where it matters.Right，mate？"This time，Brad spoke before he could think. "Inside，I'm three miles long."Class 5 laughed again.But Brad knew that they were laughing with him，not at him.（1）A.library B.holiday C.drama D.business（2）A.shy B.short C.silent D.black（3）ually B.sometimes C.seldom D.never（4）A.recite B.read C.write D.copy（5）A.climber B.swimmer C.runner D.boxer（6）A.flights B.heights C.ropes D.coldness（7）A.journalists B.photographers C.visitors D.teachers（8）A.Animals B.Numbers C.People D.Rules（9）A.eat B.attack C.touch D.feed（10）A.itself B.herself C.himself D.yourself（11）A.promoted B.noticed C.included D.followed（12）A.stand B.sit C.jump D.sing（13）A.But B.So C.Or D.For（14）A.distance B.heart C.smile D.face（15）A.simple B.soft C.warm D.big【分析】文章讲述同学们总是取笑布拉德个子矮。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
完形填空一、ABC RadioJim Green is an announcer(播音员）for the of the girls___1____ boys like the program. They ___2___like Jim Green. Some of them often make phone calls to him and thank him ___3___ his work. There are lots of ___4___ to him every day,too.Jim Green gets up at 6:00 every has bread and a glass of milk ___5___ breakfast. He leaves home at 6:30 and ___6___ his office at 7:15.The program ___7____ at 7: plays the new records (唱片）of the pop songs and modern music for his listeners. At 8:00 it's time ____8____ the news.Jim finishes work at 10:30. He goes home ____9____ his ___10___ newspaper and listens to music after supper.He thinks his life is very interesting.( ) and B with C but D about( ) too B to C also D so( ) to B for C fo D and( ) letter B letters C friends D words( ) at B with C for D to( ) goes B gets C gets to D gets up( ) begins B finishes C over D start( ) to B for C of D in( ) by B in C on D takes( ) looks B reads C sees D watches二、You\'ll see a new _1_at a hospitai near London if you go is very clever,_2_he never can work 24 hours a day and never gets is one metre tall and has a face_4_a TV is .Doctors often need to ask their patients a lot of doctors can only spend a few minutes with such ,a human doctor can_8_a lot of uesful information(信息)when he meets his patient.How can do this A computer \"tell\" him what to can do a lot of things people can do,though he can\'t completely_9_the place of _10_ doctors.( ) person( )( )( )( )( )( )( )( )( )三、Mike is an Englishman. He lives in a __1___ building in the __2___ London. There are eighteen floors in the building and he lives on the fifteenth floor. He__3___ a lift (电梯)to go up and down. He works very hard. He__4___ to work early. Every day he leaves his__5__and walks to the lift. He gets into the lift. It __6___him down to the first floor. He gets out of the lift. Then he walks to __7___bus stop. The bus stop is in front of a station. It is about two hundred meters from ___8___home. Usually, he catches the number 11 bus to work, but sometimes he goes__9___. He works in a factory about ten__10___ from his home. His work starts at half past eight, and finishes at a quarter to five. He gets back home at half past5.（） 1. A. tall B. shot C. small D. large（） 2. A. country B. town C. city D. village（） 3. A. makes B. uses C. does D. mends（） 4. A. begins B. wants C. runs D. goes（） 5. A. home B. building C. office D. room（） 6. A. costs B. spends C. takes D. brings（） 7. A. an C. the D. /（） 8. B. he C. him（） 9. plane B. by train C. on foot D. by air( ) 10. B. kilometers C. minutes D. hours四、A Diary Great weather! It was _1__ and hot all day. We __2__ to a beautiful beach. We had great fun __3__ in the water. In the afternoon, we went __4__. On the way, I found a little boy __5__ in the corner. He was __6__.I helped __7__ find his father. That made me __8__ very happy. I didn’t have __9__ money __10__ a taxi. So I walked back to the hotel.（）. wind B. cloud C. sunny（）2. A. go B. got C. went（）3. A. play B. played C. playing（）4. A. shop（）5. A. cries B. cried C. crying（）6. A. lose B. lost C. crying（）7. A. he B. his C. him（）8. A. feel B. feeling C. felt（）9. A. some B. any few （）10. A. with B. on C. for五、Dear Dr Know,I’m not happy. I have too __1_ rules in my family. I have to __2___ at 6:00 every morning. I can’t __3__ my friends after school __4__I have to __5__my dog for a walk. I can’t watch TV on school nights. And I have to __6_ in bed by ten o’clock. _7__ weekends, I have to clean my room and wash my clothes. Then I have to help my mother __8__ dinner. Later I have to go to the Children’s Palace __9__ the piano. I never have any fun. __10__ can I do（）1. A. many B. much C. a few（）2. A. go to bed B. get up home（）3. A. watch B. look C. meet（）4. A. so B. then C. because（）5. A. bring B. take C. carry（）6. A. be B. is C. am（）7. A. In B. On C. At（）8. A. make B. making C. do（）9. A. learn B. to learn C. learning（）10. A. Why B. What C. How六、On Christmas Eve a few days ago, an English couple, the Hardens, gota very special call. It was only a 20-second call but it was very ____11____. The Hardens’ 15-year-old daughter has gone ___12____ six months before. On Christmas Eve she rang them. “I’m phoning to wish you a happy Christmas, ”she said, “I love you.”Ronals and Edwine Harden were so ______13_____ that they started a special telephone service （服务）called“Alive and Well”. The service helps______14______ to get in touch with children who have run away from home.Young people can phone“Alive and Well”and leave a message for their parents. The telephone are answered by answering machines. So ______15_____can speak to the child or make him return home. Parents of runaway children who are _______16_______ eighteen can ask the police to bring their children home. So children do not want to tell their parents where they are. Through “Alive and Well”they can telephone their parents and they do not______17______ about this or giving out their addresses.The Hardens and their helpers ______18______ the telephone messages and connect（联系）the addresses given. About 30,000 British teenagers have left home and many of them are probably in _______19_______. For only two pence （便士）they can go into a telephone coin box and call their parents. They can dial 5675339 and ______20______ a parent worry: Is he dead or alive11. A. interesting C. difficult D. exciting12. A. away Bout C. back D. along13. A. angry B. happy C. sad D. kind14. A. teachers B. people C. parents D. friends15. A. someone B. anyone C. everyone D. no one16. A. at B. above C. over D. under17. A. think B. worry C. talk D. hear18. A. ask for B. listen to C. look up D. write down19. A. Pairs B. Tokyo C. London D. New York20. A. stop B. make C. feel D. leave一、 1 A 在肯定句中表示并列 2 C also是"也"的意思,A是太……的意思3 B thank sb. for sth. 为了什么感谢某人4 B 每天他都有很多的来信5 C 作为他的早饭6 C 到达 A是走 B是得到 D是起床7 A 开始 D的时态不对，应该是第三人称单数 8 B 该是新闻时间了，A是time to do sth.9 B in one's car ,A是 B by car 10 B 看报纸是 read newspaper二、DCAAB CABCD四、1-5CCCBC 6-10BCABC五、1-5ABCBB 6-10ABBBB六、11. B 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. A。